USCS INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1998-03-25
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING SERVICES
Previous: FARALLON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC /ADV, SC 13D/A, 1998-03-25
Next: FIRST NATIONWIDE PARENT HOLDINGS INC, 10-K, 1998-03-25



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                    U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
(Mark one)
 
/X/ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934.
 
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
/ / TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
         FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM               TO
                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-28268
                            ------------------------
 
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                  DELAWARE
       (State or other jurisdiction of                          94-1727009
       incorporation or organization)                  (IRS Employer Identification)
 
          2969 PROSPECT PARK DRIVE
         RANCHO CORDOVA, CALIFORNIA                             95670-6148
  (Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)
</TABLE>
 
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (916) 636-4500
 
    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  TITLE OF EACH CLASS                            NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
- --------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
                          None                                                      None
</TABLE>
 
    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $.05 PER SHARE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
                                                 (Title of Class)
</TABLE>
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
                          Yes   X          No
 
                                -----
                                    -------
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.
 
    The aggregate market value of the Registrant's Common Stock held by
non-affiliates as of March 10, 1998 was $268,425,630.
 
    Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's
classes of common stock, as of March 10, 1998: 23,109,269 shares of $.05 par
value Common Stock.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION                                                                      10-K PART
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
 
<S>                                                                          <C>
Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders dated April 17,
 1998......................................................................  Part I - Item 4
Pages 1 through 10.........................................................  Part III - Item 10, 11, 12, 13
</TABLE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                     PART I
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   ITEM                                                                                                               PAGE
   -----                                                                                                              -----
 
<S>          <C>                                                                                                   <C>
        1.   Business............................................................................................           3
        2.   Properties..........................................................................................           9
        3.   Legal Proceedings...................................................................................          10
        4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.................................................          10
 
                                                           PART II
 
        5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters...........................          10
        6.   Selected Financial Data.............................................................................          11
        7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...............          12
        8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.........................................................          22
        9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure................          40
 
                                                           PART III
 
       10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..................................................          40
       11.   Executive Compensation..............................................................................          43
       12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management......................................          43
       13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions......................................................          43
 
                                                           PART IV
 
       14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8K.....................................          43
             Signatures..........................................................................................          46
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
    The statements that are not historical fact or that are not statements of
current status are forward-looking statements. The Company's future results may
differ significantly from the results and forward-looking statements discussed
in this report. See "Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition
And Results Of Operations--Factors That May Affect Future Results."
 
THE COMPANY
 
    USCS International, Inc. (USCS) is a leading global provider of customer
management software and statement processing to the communications and other
service industries, which serve more than 80 million end-users world-wide. The
Company's software clients include cable television, wireless and wire-line
telephony, direct broadcast satellite (DBS) and multi-service providers in more
than 20 countries. The Company's software solutions enable its clients to manage
mission-critical customer relationship functions, including new account set-up,
order processing, customer support, management reporting and marketing analysis.
The Company also provides complete bill processing services, including
electronic bill presentment, which include generation of customized billing
statements that are produced in sophisticated automated facilities designed to
minimize turnaround time and mailing costs. The Company's bill processing
clients include providers of cable television, telecommunications, financial
services, utilities and other industries requiring high quality, accurate
statement/order processing. USCS also offers a variety of complementary
professional services, including consulting, application development and client
training, as well as statement design and formatting services that allow clients
to use the billing statement as a communication and marketing tool.
 
    USCS has been providing comprehensive customer management and bill
processing software and services to the cable television industry for more than
25 years, and more than five years ago, the Company expanded the scope of its
software and services to address the global communications market. The Company's
software currently supports more than 50% of U.S. cable television subscribers
and is used by a majority of the largest cable television service providers in
the U.S. In recent years, the Company has expanded its customer management
software base to clients in more than 20 countries, as well to providers of
emerging convergence services. The Company provides bill processing services to
clients serving more than 50% of U.S. cable television subscribers, 40% of U.S.
cellular users and 11% of U.S. wire-line telephony customers and to a variety of
other service providers. The Company's bill processing clients include
substantially all of its domestic customer management software clients and other
service providers such as Ameritech, AT&T, Cincinnati Bell Information Systems,
Inc. ("CBIS"), NationsBanc Montgomery Securities and Federal Express. At year
end, the Company's monthly statement production had risen to approximately 75
million bills. The Company is among the largest centralized first class mailers
in the U.S., responsible for generating approximately 1.7% of the total volume
of all U.S. first class mail, including customer remittance volume. Bill
processing services are generally provided to software clients in bundled
contracts and are also sold separately.
 
    In 1993, the Company deployed CableData's Intelecable-Registered Trademark-,
which the Company believes is the first customer management software product
designed for multi-service providers. At year end, there were over 80
Intelecable installations active or pending worldwide. Services supported by
Intelecable include integrated cable/telephony, integrated cable/wireless DBS,
interactive video, telephony-only and cable-only installations.
 
    The Company has expanded its bill processing services by offering technology
licensing, currently being used by AT&T and Bell Atlantic, and consolidated
billing statements that combine data from multiple services, such as wireless
and wire-line telephony, into a single integrated billing statement. In
addition, the Company has introduced electronic bill presentment products which
enable customers to provide electronic statements in place of paper based
statements.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    U.S. Computer Services, the predecessor to USCS International, Inc., was
incorporated in California on November 18, 1969, and was reincorporated as USCS
International, Inc., in Delaware effective May 31, 1996. Unless the context
otherwise requires, all references in this annual report to "USCS" or the
"Company" refer to USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its
predecessor, U.S. Computer Services, a California corporation, and their
consolidated subsidiaries.
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
 
    The Company's primary customer management software products are Intelecable
and DDP/SQL-TM-. Intelecable is designed to support single and multi-service
providers worldwide. The Company markets DDP/SQL to the traditional North
American cable television provider market. The Company also offers
CableWorks-TM-, a PC-based system for smaller operators. Additionally, a small
number of clients continue to use earlier generations of the Company's software
that are no longer marketed to new clients. Both Intelecable and DDP/SQL are
scaleable, and are available in basic systems with optional modules, including
the Company's new internet-based customer support products, CyberCSR-TM- and
TechConnect-TM-, which allow the service provider to design a customized system
which can effectively manage a growing customer base.
 
    The Company licenses its software products to its clients under multi-year
license agreements. License fees are generally paid monthly based on the number
of subscribers or end-users served by the client. These agreements are typically
subject to periodic renewals and inflation-based license fee adjustments.
 
    INTELECABLE:  The Company believes that Intelecable is the world's first
customer management software system designed for multi-service providers in the
global communications marketplace. First installed in 1993, Intelecable is
available on either a standalone or, more recently, on a service bureau basis
and supports a diverse array of communications services, including cable
television, telephony, combined cable/telephony, interactive video and DBS. At
year end, there were over 80 active or pending installations of Intelecable
worldwide. Intelecable is enabled with National Language Support double-byte
capability, which allows operation in a variety of foreign languages, including
Japanese and Chinese. The Company believes that Intelecable is the only customer
management software system currently operational that has multiplatform
capabilities. Initially offered on IBM's AIX (UNIX) operating system,
Intelecable has been ported to Tandem's Integrity NR, Silicon Graphics
Challenge, Group Bull Escala and the Hewlett-Packard 9000.
 
    Intelecable is based on an open systems architecture, which facilitates
customization and interoperability with other information systems. The
Intelecable system has been developed using standard design methodologies and
transaction processing monitor architecture. Intelecable also uses an embedded
standard query language (SQL), which facilitates access to the database by
user-created applications. The design of Intelecable delivers a high-level
programming interface, which allows extensive customization without complex code
changes. Intelecable uses an Oracle relational database, which allows clients to
maintain an integrated database for each service offered by the client.
 
    DDP/SQL:  DDP/SQL is the Company's primary software system for cable
television companies in North America. Currently, a majority of the largest
cable television service providers in the U.S. use the DDP/SQL system. DDP/SQL
offers a basic system with optional modules for expanded functionality. DDP/SQL
uses a relational database which allows the user to query logical relationships
without the need to predefine or describe a specific access path to the data.
Information generated by DDP/SQL can be used with the client's internal
information systems and off-the-shelf software programs. This interoperability
allows users, for example, to easily create financial spreadsheets based on
information generated by DDP/SQL.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    The Company offers DDP/SQL on either a stand-alone or a service bureau
basis. Stand-alone systems currently support approximately 80% of the Company's
client subscriber base, while approximately 20% are supported on a service
bureau basis. For stand-alone clients, the Company installs a complete DDP/ SQL
system at the provider's facility, including necessary hardware and peripherals.
Clients using a service bureau arrangement to access the Company's on-line
processors via wide area networks. The Company's Technical Response Center
monitors traffic and network availability to identify and respond to outages in
the system. DDP/SQL runs on massively parallel processing hardware manufactured
by Tandem. The Company is a value-added reseller of Tandem equipment. The
Company also sells to its clients peripheral hardware made by manufacturers
other than Tandem, and generally enters into hardware maintenance agreements
with its clients. The Company also provides lease financing and maintenance
services primarily for companies operating systems on a stand-alone basis. See
"Products And Services--Hardware Leasing and Sales" and "Product And
Services--Client Support and Care."
 
    ENTERPRISE REAL-TIME RATING SYSTEM (ERTRS):  In 1997, the Company acquired
CableData Telecommunications, Inc., formerly Lynn-Arthur Associates, a company
specializing in the development and marketing of rating technology for telephony
and other usage based applications. ERTRS is a rating engine designed to rate
cellular, wireline, data and Internet services to provide a complete convergence
rating system for carriers who bundle multiple service offerings to meet
customers' needs. The Company is currently marketing the ERTRS system on a
standalone basis and intends to integrate the ERTRS capability into the
Intelecable product.
 
    CABLEWORKS:  The Company markets its CableWorks PC-based customer management
software product to domestic and international cable operators that have lower
transaction volume requirements than operators supported by DDP/SQL or
Intelecable. CableWorks is designed to introduce smaller cable operators to the
Company's products, with the expectation that such operators will migrate to
Intelecable or DDP/SQL as their businesses grow.
 
    PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, TRAINING AND SUPPORT:  The Company maintains various
professional services groups to provide global consulting services to its
software customers, including assistance with database definition and
initialization, system operations, network consolidation, and performance and
decision support services. These groups also provide clients with assistance in
developing custom-tailored applications and interfaces that are operable with
the Company's customer management software to enhance client operations. The
Company provides complete product documentation and training services to users
of its software products, including CD-ROM-based product documentation and
training. The Company's ClassROM-Registered Trademark- software provides
interactive instruction and product training on CD-ROM. The Company maintains
training facilities in California and the U.K.
 
BILL PROCESSING SERVICES
 
    The Company provides bill processing services and solutions in a fully
integrated and automated production environment that rapidly and
cost-effectively transforms electronic data received from the client into
informative, accurate and customized billing statements. Because of its highly
automated production environment, the Company is able to maximize postal savings
while minimizing delivery time for its clients. In addition, the Company's
statement-based marketing services allow clients to use the billing statement as
a marketing tool to reinforce a corporate image, advertise special offers and
features and otherwise market its services to its customers. To address the
needs of multi-service providers, the Company offers billing statements that
combine data from multiple services, such as wireless and wire-line telephony,
into a consolidated billing statement. In addition, the Company has also
introduced an electronic billing capability that enables its clients to offer
their customers either a paper-based or an electronic statement option. Also,
the Company offers its advanced technology on a licensed basis.
 
    BILL PROCESSING:  The Company operates two statement production facilities
in the Northern California area. These facilities receive a data stream from the
client's customer management software (whether a
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
client's legacy or third party system, a competitor's system or the Company's
software), manipulate the data into a usable format and create cost-effective,
informative, easy-to-read and accurate customized billing statements or
statement images.
 
    Using patented processes and technologies, the Company provides a fully
integrated, computerized and automated production environment that (i)
processes, logs, verifies and authenticates all customer data, (ii) creates
automated production controls for every statement, including form bar codes,
weight and thickness parameters, unique statement tracking numbers, "due out"
dates, address correction, carrier route/delivery point bar codes and postal
processing parameters, (iii) models every production run on-line before printing
or electronic transmission, and (iv) enables postal processing, sorting and
discounting to be performed on-line.
 
    Full real-time automation enables the Company to monitor quality, control
remakes, predict and schedule production loading, verify customer data, forecast
production volumes and maintain production system history on-line. The system is
controlled by an on-line production control system that is based on advanced
client/server architecture and has high-speed data-transmission capabilities. A
local area network links the production equipment to the production control
system. To provide clients with real-time information regarding the progress of
the billing statement production process, the Company has developed its Direct
Access-TM- client information system, which provides a customized view into the
facility to allow clients to monitor the status of their jobs. Direct Access,
which is currently installed in a number of client sites, includes a
client/server architecture and a PC-based graphical user interface that permits
tracing an individual statement from the beginning of statement production until
some period after distribution.
 
    The Company also offers consolidated billing statements for multi-service
providers, which combine data from multiple services, such as wireless and
wire-line telephony, into a single integrated statement. Consolidated statements
can offer clients significant savings both in paper and mailing costs.
Consolidated statements can also be a powerful marketing tool for companies
seeking to establish brand name recognition and sell combined services.
 
    The Company offers a full range of technical support for the Company's bill
processing clients. Customized programming tools have been developed that allow
it to receive electronic information streams from a variety of client systems
without the need to make changes to the customer's system. These tools allow for
rapid and smooth transitions when clients outsource bill processing functions to
the Company.
 
    TECHNOLOGY LICENSING:  To attract clients who want to take advantage of the
Company's advanced processing and functions in their own facilities, rather than
on an outsourced basis, the Company has licensed its statement processing
technology. AT&T and Bell Atlantic currently license the Company's statement
processing software. The Company intends to pursue additional technology
licensing opportunities domestically as well as in the international market.
 
    STATEMENT-BASED MARKETING SERVICES:  The Company provides statement-based
marketing services that allow its clients to transform regular customer billing
statements into communication tools. The billing statement is often the only
form of regular communication between a service provider and its customers. Many
clients have the opportunity, through the Company's statement-based marketing
and creative design services, to use the paper or electronic billing statement
to reinforce a corporate image, advertise special offers and features, deliver
customer-specific messages and otherwise market their services to their
customers.
 
    ELECTRONIC DELIVERY ALTERNATIVES:  The Company's automated information and
technology infrastructure, which electronically prepares and monitors the
statement until final printing, provides the basis for the Company's development
of electronic bill presentment. The proliferation of on-line services and the
Internet provides an opportunity for communications service providers to bill
customers electronically
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
through a PC or other device. The Company believes that, as electronic billing
and payment solutions become more accepted, communications service providers,
utilities, financial services and other industries will require electronic
statement presentment capabilities. USCS has developed an electronic statement-
processing product and has announced marketing alliances with several companies
including CyberCash, Checkfree, Microsoft, Intuit, NETdelivery and others to
begin actively marketing an electronic billing alternative. Because of its
existing volume, state-of-the-art processing systems, and client relationships,
the Company believes it is in a unique position to become a one-stop,
full-service supplier of either paper-based or electronically delivered
statements.
 
HARDWARE LEASING AND SALES
 
    The Company sells computer equipment and provides leasing and maintenance
services to selected software clients that purchase stand-alone systems
primarily in the U.S. Maintenance is typically billed in advance of providing
the service. Revenue from sales of computer hardware and providing associated
maintenance and leasing services has been declining as a percentage of total
revenue. The Company will continue to offer hardware and related services to
current and future clients, but expects the decline to continue.
 
CLIENTS
 
    The Company provides customer management software and services to clients in
more than 20 countries. In addition to communications service providers, the
Company provides bill processing services to companies in other service
industries requiring high quality, accurate and marketing-oriented statements,
including utilities and financial services. The Company intends to seek
additional non-communications clients as well as pursue international
opportunities for its bill processing services.
 
    Aggregate revenue from the Company's ten largest clients accounted for
approximately two-thirds of total revenue in 1997, 1996 and 1995. Three clients
accounted for 40%, 47% and 46% of total revenue in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
    Tele-Communications, Inc. ("TCI"), the Company's largest customer, accounted
for $53.1 million or 18%, $55.7 million or 21%, and $47.3 million or 21% of
total revenue in 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively. TCI has advised the Company
of its plan to migrate its subscribers to a competitor's product by the end of
1998. See "Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And
Results Of Operations-- Revenue."
 
    The Company's largest bill processing client, Ameritech, accounted for $39.3
million or 13%, $41.1 million or 16%, and $38.8 million or 17% of total revenue
in 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively. Ameritech became a client early in 1994
and has contracts with the Company expiring in 2000 and 2001. Another bill
processing client, CBIS, a client since 1990, accounted for $27.4 million or 9%,
$25.0 million or 10%, and $17.9 million or 8% of total revenue in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively. In early 1997, the Company entered into a new contract with
CBIS expiring in 2002. See "Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial
Condition And Results Of Operations--Factors That May Affect Future Results"
regarding dependence on certain marketplaces, concentration of client base, and
other factors that may have an impact on the Company's relationship with its
clients and on the Company's future revenue and net income.
 
CLIENT SUPPORT AND CARE
 
    USCS provides world-wide training and support to its clients. In the U.S.,
client care is divided into product-specific teams, with one team focusing on
customer management software and the other team focusing on bill processing
services. Both teams provide broad-based, 24-hour, 7-day support and technical
assistance. The Company has developed a full range of training products and
documentation including ClassROM-Registered Trademark-, which the Company
believes to be the first CD-ROM-based training product, for its software
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
clients. Supplementing the front line software support groups for service bureau
software customers is the Company's Technical Response Center, which monitors
traffic and network availability to identify and respond to outages in the
system. Internationally, Intelecable is supported by teams located in the U.S.
and the U.K. as well as by alliance partners. The Company's customer-management
software support environment has received ISO 9001 Compliance certification. In
early 1998, the Company announced that it would be opening satellite offices in
Brazil and Australia to provide regional support to its rapidly growing world-
wide base of customers.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    Software and services are sold primarily to cable, DBS and multi-service
providers through direct sales channels and in conjunction with international
alliance partners. In North America, the Company operates a software and
services sales and marketing team, including account management, product
management and technical support teams.
 
    The Company's international sales staff is coordinated by geographic area,
including dedicated account and technical support personnel located in the U.K.,
Brazil and Australia. In addition to direct sales, the Company has contracted
with alliance partners throughout the world who are responsible for sales,
marketing, support and local customization.
 
    The Company believes that sales of separate bill processing services to
telecommunications service providers such as Regional Bell Operating Companies
("RBOCs"), cellular, utility, financial services and other service providers
offer both increased revenue opportunities as well as increased visibility for
the Company. The Company maintains a sales staff, including account management
and technical support teams and significant design resources, to target these
market segments. The Company has begun an international bill processing
marketing effort that seeks to exploit what the Company believes is significant
growth potential in that market. In 1997, the Company entered into a contract
with its first multi-national bill processing client, Global One, and intends to
pursue additional international contract and technology licensing opportunities.
The Company has also entered into alliances with partners such as Xerox, Mellon
Bank, LHS Group, Microsoft, Intuit, CheckFree and CyberCash to jointly market
its bill processing and electronic presentment capabilities.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market for the Company's products and services is highly competitive,
and competition is increasing as additional market opportunities arise. The
Company competes with both independent providers and developers of in-house
systems. The Company believes its most significant competitors for software
systems are CBIS and CSG Systems International, Inc. The most significant
competitors for bill processing services are in-house service providers. Other
competitors include Moore Corporation Ltd. and Output Technologies, Inc.
 
    The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in the market
for customer management software include functionality and features of software,
quality of client care and support, type of hardware platform used, quality of
research and development and value. The principal competitive factors for bill
processing services include statement production accuracy, ability to meet
statement production deadlines, product quality and price. The Company believes
that it competes favorably with respect to these factors. However, the Company
believes that to remain competitive it will require significant financial
resources in order to market its existing products and services, to maintain
customer service and support and to invest in research and development. Many of
the Company's existing and potential competitors may have greater resources than
the Company. The Company expects its competitors to continue to improve the
design and performance of their current systems and processes and to introduce
new systems and processes with improved price/performance characteristics. No
assurance can be given that the Company will be able to compete successfully in
the U.S. or internationally.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The Company's research and development efforts are focused on introducing
new products and services as well as ongoing enhancement of its existing
products and services. The Company believes that its investment in research and
development is critical to maintaining its leadership position. The Company
works closely with international and domestic hardware, software and system
integration partners to enhance its products. The Company's research and
development partnerships typically provide for funding by development partners
and include joint marketing and other arrangements. In software product
development, significant emphasis is placed on compliance with world-wide
development standards and quality benchmarks. The Company's processes used at
its research and development center in El Dorado Hills, California, have
received ISO 9001 Compliance certification, the globally recognized quality
standard. The Company also continually enhances its bill processing services by
developing software and processes that increase production efficiency and aid
clients in accessing bill processing information.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company holds sixteen U.S. patents covering various aspects of its bill
processing services. In addition, the Company has applied for ten additional
U.S. patents. The Company has no foreign patents. The Company believes that
although the patents it holds are valuable, they are not critical to the
Company's success, which depends principally upon its product quality, marketing
and service skills. However, despite patent protection, the Company may be
vulnerable to competitors who attempt to imitate the Company's systems or
processes and manufacturing techniques and processes. In addition, other
companies and inventors may receive patents that contain claims applicable to
the Company's system and processes. The sale of the Company's systems covered by
such patents could require licenses that may not be available on acceptable
terms, if at all. In addition, there can be no assurance that patent
applications will result in issued patents.
 
    Although the Company attempts to protect its intellectual property rights
through patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other measures, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to protect its technology adequately.
There can be no assurance that any patent applications that the Company may file
will be issued or that foreign intellectual property laws will protect the
Company's intellectual property rights. There can also be no assurance that
others will not independently develop similar systems, duplicate the Company's
systems or design around the patents licensed by or issued to the Company. See
"Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of
Operations--Factors That May Affect Future Results."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 2,067 employees, of which 2,016
were full-time employees and 51 were part-time employees. None of the Company's
employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company considers its employee relations to be good.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
    The Company owns two buildings in El Dorado Hills, California on
approximately 29 acres. One building of approximately 247,000 square feet is
utilized for statement processing operations and supporting activities, with an
additional 119,000 square feet expansion currently in process. The other
building of approximately 48,000 square feet is the Company's system and
software research and development center. In addition, the Company owns
approximately 278 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to its buildings. The
Company leases a total of approximately 486,000 square feet in Rancho Cordova
and El Dorado Hills, California of which approximately 298,000 square feet is
utilized primarily for statement processing operations and warehousing. The
other 188,000 square feet is utilized primarily for corporate headquarters,
sales and marketing, customer support and research and development.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    The Company leases approximately 15,000 square feet in Norcross, Georgia for
its Eastern Regional Data Center, approximately 2,000 square feet in Harrison,
Arkansas for use by its subsidiary, CableData Desktop Solutions, Inc., formerly
CUO, Inc., and approximately 3,200 square feet in Ann Arbor, Michigan for use by
its subsidiary, CableData Telecommunications, Inc. The Company also leases
approximately 9,600 square feet in the U.K. The leases for these facilities
expire in the years 1998 through 2018.
 
    The Company believes that its facilities are adequate for its proposed needs
through 1998 and that additional suitable space will be available or can be
constructed as required.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company has legal proceedings incidental to its normal business
activities. In the opinion of the Company, the outcome of the proceedings will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows. However, litigation by its nature
is subject to inherent uncertainties and there can be no assurance that any
ongoing legal proceedings or those that may arise in the future will not have a
material adverse affect on the Company's consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    Information Regarding Submission Of Matters To A Vote Of Security Holders is
set forth under "Actions Taken Since 1997 Stockholder Meeting" on page 3 of the
Company's Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, dated
April 17, 1998, which page is incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS
 
    The common stock of USCS International, Inc. is listed and traded on the
Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "USCS."
 
    As of March 10, 1998, the number of record holders of USCS International,
Inc. was 226. The table below shows the high and low prices of the Company's
common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market for each quarter from the
date of the Company's initial public offering (IPO) on June 20, 1996. The
Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock to date. The Company
currently intends to retain any future earnings for its business and does not
anticipate paying any cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable
future.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1997                      1996
                                                            -----------------         ----------------
CALENDAR QUARTER (2ND QUARTER 1996 TO 1ST QUARTER 1998)     HIGH         LOW          HIGH        LOW
- -------------------------------------------------------     -----       -----         -----      -----
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>
1st....................................................     $ 21        $ 16 1/8      $--        $--
2nd....................................................       33          15 5/8        19 3/4     17
3rd....................................................       35 1/2      16 3/4        19 7/8     13 1/8
4th....................................................       22 11/16    14 7/8        18 1/2     14 3/4
1st (through March 10, 1998)...........................       21 3/8      15 1/4
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, and the consolidated balance
sheet data as of December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993 are derived from
the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which have been audited.
The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified
by reference to, "Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition
And Results Of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the
Notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
  Software and services:
    Customer management............................................  $ 157,151  $ 138,157  $ 116,855  $ 101,431  $  95,869
    Bill processing................................................    118,912    102,691     80,427     53,816     20,694
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total........................................................    276,063    240,848    197,282    155,247    116,563
  Equipment sales and services.....................................     23,283     22,366     31,981     33,558     49,501
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total revenue................................................    299,346    263,214    229,263    188,805    166,064
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cost of revenue:
  Software and services:
    Customer management............................................     72,120     73,408     66,465     60,664     56,261
    Bill processing................................................     86,636     74,335     61,237     42,382     16,497
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total........................................................    158,756    147,743    127,702    103,046     72,758
  Equipment sales and services.....................................     14,192     13,180     19,538     19,476     31,561
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total cost of revenue........................................    172,948    160,923    147,240    122,522    104,319
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit.......................................................    126,398    102,291     82,023     66,283     61,745
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.........................................     30,034     25,140     17,815     16,700     16,007
  Selling, general and administrative..............................     58,340     49,631     42,102     34,160     28,148
  Consolidation and relocation.....................................     --         --         --           (364)     4,096
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.......................................     88,374     74,771     59,917     50,496     48,251
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income...................................................     38,024     27,520     22,106     15,787     13,494
Interest expense, net..............................................        554      3,185      4,966      4,284      4,609
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting
  change...........................................................     37,470     24,335     17,140     11,503      8,885
Income tax provision...............................................     15,010      9,826      6,770      5,334      4,330
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change (1)...........     22,460     14,509     10,370      6,169      4,555
Cumulative effect of accounting change (1).........................     --         --         --         --          2,408
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.........................................................  $  22,460  $  14,509  $  10,370  $   6,169  $   6,963
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change per share (2):
  Basic............................................................  $    0.97  $    0.69  $    0.53  $    0.31  $    0.23
  Diluted..........................................................  $    0.93  $    0.66  $    0.51  $    0.30  $    0.22
Net income per share (2):
  Basic............................................................  $    0.97  $    0.69  $    0.53  $    0.31  $    0.35
  Diluted..........................................................  $    0.93  $    0.66  $    0.51  $    0.30  $    0.33
Shares used in per share computation:
  Basic............................................................     23,164     21,178     19,452     19,798     20,010
  Diluted..........................................................     24,203     22,075     20,159     20,622     20,816
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DATA:
Cash...............................................................  $   2,787  $   8,452  $   6,627  $   1,966  $   8,158
Working capital....................................................     49,709     37,041     23,440     11,454     20,029
Total assets.......................................................    238,619    205,559    180,450    157,331    140,922
Long-term debt less current portion (3)............................      5,453      5,647     51,155     37,647     40,167
Stockholders' equity...............................................    131,361    115,333     46,590     39,861     35,633
</TABLE>
 
                                                   (FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1) In 1993, the Company adopted SFAS 109, resulting in an accumulated credit to
    income for an adjustment in the calculation of income tax expense.
 
(2) The Company has presented earnings per share in accordance with Statement of
    Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128").
    All previously reported amounts were restated to conform to SFAS 128. In
    addition, pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") guidelines,
    earnings per share for all periods prior to the IPO have been restated in
    accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98 (SAB 98). See Notes 2
    and 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior to the adoption
    of SFAS 128 and SAB 98, earnings per share were $0.93, $0.64, $0.49, $0.28
    and $0.31 in 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
(3) See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS
 
    The statements that are not historical fact or that are not statements of
current status are forward-looking statements. The Company's future results may
differ significantly from the results and forward-looking statements discussed
in this Report. See "Factors That May Affect Future Results."
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Founded in 1969, the Company is a leading global provider of customer
management software and services to the communications and other service
industries. The Company's revenues are derived primarily from providing software
to cable television and multi-service providers world-wide, and bill processing
services to cable television, telecommunications, financial services, utilities
and other service industries. Software and bill processing services are
generally offered to the North American cable television providers under bundled
service arrangements. Outside North America software is generally sold exclusive
of the bill processing. Most of the Company's revenue is based on the number of
subscribers or end-users of the Company's clients, the number of billing
statements mailed and/or the number of images produced under contracts with
terms ranging from three to seven years. Clients are billed monthly, generally
based on the number of end-users they serve. As a result, a significant portion
of the Company's revenue is recurring and increases as the service provider's
customer base grows. In 1997, the Company's revenue totaled $299.3 million, of
which over 70% was generated from companies which have been clients of USCS for
three or more years.
 
    Over the three years ended December 31, 1997, the Company's revenue from
software and services has increased at an average rate of 20% and has grown from
86% of revenue in 1995 to over 92% in 1997. Revenue from selling computer
hardware and providing associated maintenance and leasing services has been
declining as a percentage of total revenue. Revenue from these activities
represented 14% of total revenues in 1995 and had declined to less than 8% of
total revenue in 1997.
 
    The Company sells its software and services to cable television and
multi-service providers in North America and the U.K. primarily through a direct
sales force. Outside of North America and the U.K., the Company markets its
software primarily through strategic alliances with companies specializing in
system integration or computer hardware manufacturing that are capable of
providing local sales and support. Building and maintaining relationships with
its clients is an important part of the Company's strategy because selling
cycles can extend a year or longer. The Company has committed increased
resources to the diversification of its customer base, focusing primarily on
international, multi-service, telecommunications and other high volume markets
because it believes these represent opportunities to grow at rates greater than,
and decrease its dependence upon, the U.S. cable television marketplace.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the Company's
consolidated statements of operations and the percentage of revenue represented
by each line item (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          -------------------------------------------------
                                               1997             1996             1995
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Revenue:
<S>                                       <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
  Software and services:
    Customer management.................  $157,151   52.5% $138,157   52.5% $116,855   51.0%
    Bill Processing.....................   118,912   39.7   102,691   39.0    80,427   35.1
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
      Total.............................   276,063   92.2   240,848   91.5   197,282   86.1
  Equipment sales and services..........    23,283    7.8    22,366    8.5    31,981   13.9
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
      Total revenue.....................   299,346  100.0   263,214  100.0   229,263  100.0
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
Cost of revenue:
  Software and services:
    Customer management.................    72,120   24.1    73,408   27.9    66,465   29.0
    Bill Processing.....................    86,636   28.9    74,335   28.2    61,237   26.7
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
      Total.............................   158,756   53.0   147,743   56.1   127,702   55.7
  Equipment sales and services..........    14,192    4.8    13,180    5.0    19,538    8.5
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
      Total cost of revenue.............   172,948   57.8   160,923   61.1   147,240   64.2
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
Gross profit............................   126,398   42.2   102,291   38.9    82,023   35.8
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..............    30,034   10.0    25,140    9.5    17,815    7.8
  Selling, general and administrative...    58,340   19.5    49,631   18.9    42,102   18.3
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
    Total operating expenses............    88,374   29.5    74,771   28.4    59,917   26.1
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
Operating income........................    38,024   12.7    27,520   10.5    22,106    9.7
Interest expense, net...................       554    0.2     3,185    1.3     4,966    2.2
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
Income before income taxes..............    37,470   12.5    24,335    9.2    17,140    7.5
Income tax provision....................    15,010    5.0     9,826    3.7     6,770    3.0
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
Net income..............................  $ 22,460    7.5% $ 14,509    5.5% $ 10,370    4.5%
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
 
<CAPTION>
                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                          ------------------------------
                                               1997            1996
                                          --------------  --------------
Revenue:
<S>                                       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
  Software and services:
    Customer management.................  $42,071   51.0% $34,789   49.7%
    Bill Processing.....................   31,995   38.7   29,709   42.4
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
      Total.............................   74,066   89.7   64,498   92.1
  Equipment sales and services..........    8,489   10.3    5,532    7.9
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
      Total revenue.....................   82,555  100.0   70,030  100.0
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
Cost of revenue:
  Software and services:
    Customer management.................   18,450   22.4   18,056   25.8
    Bill Processing.....................   23,789   28.8   20,206   28.8
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
      Total.............................   42,239   51.2   38,262   54.6
  Equipment sales and services..........    6,130    7.4    3,085    4.4
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
      Total cost of revenue.............   48,369   58.6   41,347   59.0
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
Gross profit............................   34,186   41.4   28,683   41.0
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..............    7,980    9.6    6,840    9.8
  Selling, general and administrative...   16,079   19.5   13,519   19.3
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
    Total operating expenses............   24,059   29.1   20,359   29.1
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
Operating income........................   10,127   12.3    8,324   11.9
Interest expense, net...................       90    0.1       79    0.1
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
Income before income taxes..............   10,037   12.2    8,245   11.8
Income tax provision....................    4,023    4.9    3,470    5.0
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
Net income..............................  $ 6,014    7.3% $ 4,775    6.8%
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth revenue and percentage of revenue by line
item exclusive of a discontinued customer, revenue of a discontinued customer
and total revenue (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          -------------------------------------------------
                                               1997             1996             1995
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Revenue:
<S>                                       <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
  Software and services:
    Customer management.................  $113,773   38.0% $ 95,382   36.2% $ 81,069   35.4%
    Bill processing.....................   117,186   39.2   100,897   38.4    77,545   33.8
  Equipment sales and services..........    15,285    5.1    11,284    4.3    23,362   10.2
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
      Total.............................   246,244   82.3   207,563   78.9   181,976   79.4
  Discontinued customer.................    53,102   17.7    55,651   21.1    47,287   20.6
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
      Total.............................  $299,346  100.0% $263,214  100.0% $229,263  100.0%
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
                                          --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                       31,
                                          ------------------------------
                                               1997            1996
                                          --------------  --------------
Revenue:
<S>                                       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
  Software and services:
    Customer management.................  $30,817   37.3% $22,347   31.9%
    Bill processing.....................   31,317   37.9   29,154   41.7
  Equipment sales and services..........    6,655    8.1    2,473    3.5
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
      Total.............................   68,789   83.3   53,974   77.1
  Discontinued customer.................   13,766   16.7   16,056   22.9
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
      Total.............................  $82,555  100.0% $70,030  100.0%
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
                                          -------  -----  -------  -----
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
REVENUE
 
    Revenue is derived primarily from providing customer management software and
services to cable television and multi-service providers in more than 20
countries and from providing bill processing services primarily to
telecommunications companies in the U.S. Software and bill processing services
to cable television and multi-service providers are provided generally under
bundled service arrangements. In addition, the Company sells computer hardware
and associated maintenance and leasing services to cable television service
providers in connection with providing the Company's software and provides
design, printing and graphics services in connection with its bill processing
services. Most of the software and services revenue is based on the number of
end-users of the services of the Company's clients, the number of bills mailed
and/or the number of images produced under long-term contracts, which usually
have terms ranging from three to seven years. The Company generally recognizes
software and bill processing services revenue (collectively referred to as
"software and services revenue") as services are performed. Certain of the
Company's software licenses provide for fixed or minimum fees. Fixed fees and
the present value of minimum fees under software licenses are recognized as
revenue upon installation. Such amounts have not been material. Most contracts
include provisions for inflation-based adjustments, including changes in paper
costs.
 
    Total revenue increased by 18% to $82.6 million in the fourth quarter of
1997 from $70.0 million in the comparable quarter in 1996. The 1996 fourth
quarter revenue increased by 10% over 1995 fourth quarter revenue of $63.4
million. The increase in the 1997 fourth quarter was attributable to growth in
revenue from software and services of $9.6 million or 15% and an increase in
equipment sales and services revenue of $3.0 million or 53% over the same period
in 1996.
 
    In 1997, total revenue increased by 14% to $299.3 million from $263.2
million in 1996. The growth was the result of a 15% increase in software and
services revenue and a 4% increase in equipment sales and services. Total
revenue for 1996 increased by 15% to $263.2 million from $229.3 million in 1995.
The growth in 1996 revenue is primarily the result of the increase in software
and services revenue of $43.6 million or 22%, partially offset by a decrease in
equipment sales and services revenue of $9.6 million.
 
    TCI represented approximately 17% and 18% of the Company's revenue in the
fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 1997, respectively, and 23% and 21%
in the same periods in 1996, respectively. More than two years ago, TCI
announced and began development of an in-house system to replace the Company's
customer management software. On August 11, 1997, TCI informed the Company that
it had agreed to sell its partially developed in-house system to a competitor
and was going to enter into an exclusive long-term contract for customer
management software with that competitor. Under the contract between TCI and the
Company, which expires on December 31, 1999, TCI may remove subscribers after
giving ninety days' notice without significant economic penalty. Although TCI
has not provided the Company with a definitive schedule for conversion of the
TCI subscribers to the competitor's software, the conversions have begun and it
is believed that TCI and the competitor wish to complete the transfer by the end
of 1998. Additionally, the Company believes that TCI's contract with the
competitor provides financial incentives to TCI for converting subscribers of
certain TCI affiliates, some of whom are currently clients of the Company, to
the competitor's software. TCI revenue has declined as a percentage of total
revenue to 18% in 1997 from 21% in both 1996 and 1995. Also, it has declined in
absolute dollars from $55.7 million in 1996 to $53.1 million in 1997 or 5%,
primarily from a reduction in the number of subscribers serviced by TCI and in
services purchased by TCI. The Company intends to mitigate the impact of this by
aggressively pursuing other domestic and international opportunities and to
allocate the Company's resources to other existing or new customers. If these
efforts are not fully successful in mitigating the loss of TCI business, the
Company believes that it has sufficient financial resources and borrowing
ability to meet its obligations and fulfill its customer commitments during and
after the conversion period. To the extent the Company is not successful in
generating additional revenue to offset the expected decline in revenue from
TCI, such decline in revenue could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    Customer management software and services revenue, exclusive of TCI revenue,
increased by 38% to $30.8 million in the fourth quarter of 1997 from $22.3
million in the comparable 1996 quarter. Bill processing revenue as a stand-alone
service increased by 7% to $31.3 million in the fourth quarter of 1997 from
$29.2 million in the comparable quarter of the prior year. Equipment sales and
services revenue increased to $6.7 million in the fourth quarter of 1997 from
$2.5 in the fourth quarter of 1996.
 
    Total revenue in 1997, exclusive of TCI revenue, increased by 19% to $246.2
million from $207.6 million in 1996. Revenue in 1996, exclusive of TCI,
increased by 14% over 1995 revenue of $182.0 million. The increase in 1997 was
attributable to growth in revenue from customer management software and services
of $18.4 million or 19%, bill processing software and services of $16.3 million
or 16%, and an increase in equipment sales and services revenue of $4 million or
35%. Customer management software and services revenue, exclusive of TCI
revenue, increased by 18% to $95.4 million in 1996 from $81.1 million in 1995.
Bill processing software and services revenue increased by 30% to $100.9 million
in 1996 from $77.5 million in 1995. Equipment sales and services revenue
declined to $11.3 million in 1996 from $23.4 million in 1995.
 
    Growth in customer management software and services revenue for the fourth
quarter and the year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the same periods in
1996, exclusive of TCI revenue, came primarily from sales of additional
services, increases in the number of subscribers of existing and new clients in
the U.S. and international markets, increases in prices allowed by existing
contracts, and migration of clients to higher-priced services. Growth in bill
processing revenue was derived primarily from the sale of additional services,
an increase in the volume of statements and images produced because of the
internal growth of customers and the acquisition of new customers. The increase
in equipment sales and services revenue was primarily the result of unusually
high demand for additional equipment in the fourth quarter of 1997.
 
    The increase in revenue in customer management software and services for the
year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the same period in 1995, exclusive of
TCI revenue, was the result of sales of additional services, increases in prices
allowed by existing contracts, migration of clients to higher-priced services
and growth in international revenue. Bill processing software and services
revenue increased in the 1996 year compared to the 1995 year because of an
increase in the volume of statements and images produced due to the internal
growth of existing customers, acquisition of new customers, increases in prices
allowed by existing contracts and the sale of additional services. The decline
in equipment sales and services in 1996 compared to 1995 was expected and was
the result of lower equipment sales as a result of market condition changes.
 
    Three significant clients, including TCI, accounted for $119.8 million,
$121.7 million and $104.0 million or 40%, 47% and 46% of total revenue in 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively. See "Products And Services--Clients" and "Factors
That May Affect Future Results" regarding these clients and other factors that
may impact future revenue.
 
COST OF REVENUE AND GROSS PROFIT
 
    Cost of software and services revenue consists primarily of direct labor,
equipment-related expenses, cost of materials such as paper, and facilities
expense. Cost of equipment sales and services revenue consists primarily of
computer hardware purchased for resale or lease and third-party maintenance.
 
    The Company's gross profit margin of approximately 41% in the fourth quarter
of 1997 was unchanged from the fourth quarter of 1996. Software and services
gross profit margin increased to 43% in the fourth quarter of 1997 from 41%.
Customer management software and services gross profit margin increased to 56%
in the fourth quarter of 1997 from 48%. Bill processing services gross profit
margin decreased to 26% in the fourth quarter of 1997 from 32%. The gross profit
margin on equipment-related revenue decreased to 28% in the fourth quarter of
1997 from 44%.
 
    For the year, the Company's gross profit margin in 1997 increased to
approximately 42% from approximately 39% in 1996. The gross profit margin in
1995 was 36%. Software and services gross profit
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
margin increased to 42% in 1997 from 39% in 1996 and 35% in 1995. Customer
management software and services gross profit margin increased to 54% in 1997
from 47% in 1996 and 43% in 1995. Bill processing services gross profit margin
slightly declined to approximately 27% in 1997 from 28% in 1996. Bill processing
services gross margin was 24% in 1995. The gross profit margin on equipment
sales and service revenue was 39% in 1997 versus 41% in 1996 and 39% in 1995.
 
    The gross margin increases in customer management software and services are
attributed to economies of scale associated with increased revenue, productivity
improvements as well as cost containment efforts. The decline in 1997 and fourth
quarter of bill processing services gross margin is attributed to costs
associated with facility expansion, the improvement and expansion of certain
bill processing lines and new customer conversions. Gross margins on equipment
sales and services typically vary based on the mix of equipment sales and
services and underlying demand. The decline in the 1997 fourth quarter equipment
gross margin in comparison to the same period in the prior year was primarily
attributable to significant volume discounting.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research and development costs relate primarily to ongoing product
development and consist of personnel costs, consulting, testing, supplies,
facilities and depreciation expenses. Once the product under development reaches
technological feasibility, the development expenditures are capitalized and
amortized. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    Research and development expense was $8.0 million or 10% of revenue in the
fourth quarter of 1997 compared to $6.8 million or also 10% of revenue and $5.1
million or 8% of revenue for the same periods in 1996 and 1995, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 1997, research and development expense was $30.0
million or 10% of revenue compared to $25.1 million or 10% of revenue and $17.8
million or 8% of revenue for the same periods in 1996 and 1995, respectively.
The increased expenditures are attributable to the Company's commitment to the
development of new products and enhancements to existing products.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two-digit entries in the date code field. Beginning in the year
2000, these date code fields will need to accept four digit entries to
distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, in less
than two years, computer systems and and/or software used by many companies may
need to be upgraded to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements. Significant
uncertainty exists in the software industry concerning the potential effects
associated with such compliance.
 
    The Company has identified, assessed and remedied some known "Year 2000"
date issues and is continuing to identify, assess and evaluate the full scope of
this issue as it relates to its software products, infrastructure-related
hardware and software, and third-party products. While identification and
assessment are an ongoing process, the Company believes, based on current known
information, that it can effectively mitigate any "Year 2000" date issues,
dependent upon cooperation from third parties. However, such modification of
software products, infrastructure-related hardware and software and third-party
products is subject to all the risks of development. If the Company's efforts
and/or third parties are not successful in the timely mitigation of "Year 2000"
issues, the impact on the Company will be significant.
 
    The cost of remediating "Year 2000" issues has not been determined; however,
management believes that the cost of this effort will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. There can be no assurance
that the software or systems of other companies, on which certain of the
Company's software and systems rely, will be timely converted, or that a failure
to convert by another company will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
    Selling expenses consist of compensation for sales and marketing personnel
including commissions and related bonuses, travel, trade shows and promotional
expenses. General and administrative expenses consist of compensation for
administration, finance and general management personnel, as well as legal and
accounting fees.
 
    Total selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 19% in the
fourth quarter of 1997 in comparison to the fourth quarter of 1996 and 18% for
the 1997 year compared to 1996. Selling and marketing expenditures increased by
30% in the fourth quarter of 1997 compared to the fourth quarter of 1996 and 26%
for the 1997 year compared to 1996. As a percentage of revenue, selling and
marketing expenditures increased by approximately 1% in 1997 compared to 1996.
In 1996, total sales and marketing expenditures increased by 29% in comparison
to 1995 and, as a percentage of revenue, increased by approximately 1%. The
increase in sales and marketing expenditures was primarily because of the
addition of sales and marketing personnel and additional resources to support
increased sales and marketing activities in the international, multi-service and
telecommunications markets as well as the expansion into other service
industries such as financial services and transportation and the introduction of
electronic bill presentment services.
 
    General and administrative expenses for the fourth quarter and year
increased approximately 11% in 1997 compared to 1996. The increase in general
and administrative expenses is attributable to support for the increased selling
and marketing efforts, ongoing expansion into international markets as well as
costs related to general company growth. General and administrative expenses
increased by 11% in 1996 compared to 1995 related to costs to support higher
levels of sales and marketing activity in both the domestic and international
markets, general company expansion, and the costs associated with being a
publicly held entity. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative
expense in the fourth quarter and years 1997 and 1996 did not change from
comparable prior periods.
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    Interest expense consists of interest on borrowings under revolving credit
agreements, revenue bonds pertaining to certain of the Company's facilities and
notes and credit agreements related to the Company's leasing subsidiary.
 
    Interest expense for the 1997 year decreased by $2.6 million, or 83%
compared to the same period in 1996. Proceeds of the IPO in 1996 were utilized
to pay down existing debt and resulted in decreased interest expense on a
comparative basis.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company's provision for income taxes represents estimated federal, state
and foreign income taxes. The income tax rate for the fourth quarter was 40%,
approximately two percentage points lower than the 1996 comparable quarter. An
additional tax provision was made in the fourth quarter of 1996 resulting in an
annual rate of approximately 40%. The income tax rate was approximately 40% in
1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
NET INCOME
 
    Net income increased by $1.2 million or 26% in the fourth quarter of 1997
compared to the same quarter in 1996. In 1997, net income increased to $22.5
million or 55% over 1996 net income of $14.5 million. Earnings per share for the
year was $0.93 per share (diluted) in 1997 compared to $0.66 per share (diluted)
in 1996. This represents a 41% increase despite a 10% increase in the number of
shares outstanding in 1997 over 1996. The increase in net income for the fourth
quarter and 1997 year compared to 1996 is attributable to the factors cited
above. Net income and earnings per share increased by 40% and 29%, respectively,
in 1996 compared to 1995 due to higher earnings despite a 10% increase in shares
used
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
in the calculation. Earnings per share calculations were made in accordance with
recently effective accounting and SEC standards and bulletins. See Note 11 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
 
    The Company's financial condition and liquidity remained strong in 1997. The
Company continues to reduce its debt and repurchase stock because of positive
operating cash flow. Total long-term debt, including the current portion, was
$9.3 million as of December 31, 1997 compared to $10.4 million at December 31,
1996. Of the debt outstanding at December 31, 1997, $4.6 million pertains to the
Company's leasing subsidiary and is collateralized, without recourse, by rents
receivable. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had an available $50 million
line of credit against which the Company had borrowed $4 million at the end of
1997. Total capital expenditures in 1997 were $32.6 million compared to $29.4
million in 1996. The increase is primarily related to the expansion of the
Company's bill processing facilities. In addition, the Company, in 1997, has
expended approximately $10.2 million for the repurchase of stock. The
repurchases will be used to meet stock issuance obligations under the Company's
incentive stock option, employee stock purchase, and 401(k) retirement plans.
 
    The Company collects from its clients and remits to the U.S. Postal Service
a significant amount of postage. Substantially all contracts allow the Company
to pre-bill and/or require deposits from its clients to mitigate the effect on
cash flow. As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, accounts receivable were $97.7
million and $73.5 million, respectively, including $25.7 million and $21.5
million in amounts due from clients for postage. Accounts receivable, net of
postage, increased in 1997 by approximately $20 million or 38% primarily because
of the increase in revenue and significant fourth quarter equipment sales for
which payments were received after year end.
 
    The Company continues to make significant investments in capital equipment,
facilities, and research and development as well as to expand into new domestic
and international markets. The Company believes that net cash from operations
and the Company's borrowing availability will be sufficient to support
operations through the next twelve months.
 
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
 
    A number of uncertainties exist that could affect the Company's future
operating results, including, without limitation, changes in the global
communications market, concentration in the cable television market, the
Company's ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers in the
global communications market, as well as other high-volume service industries,
the Company's continuing ability to develop products that are responsive to the
evolving needs of its customers, increased competition, changes in operating
expenses, changes in government regulation of the Company's customers and
general economic factors in the U.S. as well as the international marketplace.
 
CHANGING COMMUNICATIONS MARKET AND DEVELOPMENT OF SOFTWARE AND SERVICES
 
    The communications market is characterized by rapid technological
developments, changes in client requirements, evolving industry standards and
frequent new product introductions. The Company's future success will depend, in
part, upon its ability to enhance its existing applications, develop and
introduce new products that take advantage of technological advances and respond
promptly to new client requirements and evolving industry standards. The Company
has expended considerable funds to develop products to serve the changing
communications market. If the communications market grows or converges more
slowly than anticipated or the Company's products and services fail to achieve
market acceptance, there could be a material adverse effect on the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
    The Company's development projects are subject to all of the risks
associated with the development of new software and other products based on
innovative technologies. The failure of such development
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
projects could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company.
 
DEPENDENCE ON THE CABLE TELEVISION MARKET
 
    Although the Company's current strategy is to address the needs of the
global communications market and other high volume service providers, the
Company is highly dependent on the cable television market. In both 1997 and
1996, more than 60% of the Company's revenue was derived from sales to cable
television service providers. Although the cable television industry outside of
North America is generally expanding, the number of providers of cable
television service in the U.S. has been declining, due to industry
consolidation, resulting in a reduction of the number of potential cable
television clients in the U.S. As the number of companies serving the available
subscriber base decreases, the loss of a single client could have a greater
adverse impact on the Company than in the past. Even if the number of clients
remains the same, a decrease in the number of subscribers served by the
Company's cable television clients would result in lower revenue for the
Company. Furthermore, a decrease in the number of cable subscribers or any
adverse development in the cable television market could have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CLIENT BASE
 
    Aggregate revenue from the Company's ten largest clients accounted for
approximately 68% of total revenue. Loss of all or a significant part of the
business of any of these clients or a decrease in their respective customer
bases would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company. Three of the Company's clients represented
approximately 40% and 47% of total revenue in 1997 and 1996, respectively. See
"Business--Clients" regarding these clients and other factors that may impact
future revenue.
 
VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The Company's quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate from
quarter to quarter and year to year depending on various factors, including the
impact of significant start-up costs associated with initiating the delivery of
contracted services to new clients, the hiring of additional staff, new product
development and other expenses, introduction of new products by competitors,
pricing pressures, the evolving and unpredictable nature of the markets in which
the Company's products and services are sold and general economic conditions.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    The cost of remediating "Year 2000" issues has not been determined; however,
management believes that the cost of this effort will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. There can be no assurance
that the software or systems of other companies, on which certain of the
Company's software and systems rely, will be timely converted, or that a failure
to convert by another company will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And
Results Of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."
 
NEW PRODUCTS, RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES AND COMPETITION
 
    The market for the Company's products and services is highly competitive,
and competition is increasing as additional market opportunities arise. The
Company believes its most significant competitors for customer management
software and services are independent providers of such software and services
and in-house systems.
 
    A client that accounted for approximately 6% of total revenue in 1997 orally
advised the Company more than two years ago that it may move to an alternate
solution for its customer management software
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
requirements. Through 1997, no transfers of this customer's business to an
alternate solution have been made. The Company believes its relations with this
customer, as well as with its other customers, are good.
 
    In addition, competitive factors could influence or alter the Company's
overall revenue mix between customer management software, services, including
bill processing services, and equipment sales and leasing. Any of these events
could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of
operations, including gross profit margins, of the Company.
 
ELECTRONIC BILL PRESENTMENT
 
    The Company's bill processing business is dependent on its ability to
design, handle, print and distribute via first class mail paper-based statements
and related materials. A number of companies, many with resources greater than
the Company, are developing and introducing electronic bill presentment services
that could reduce, if not eliminate, the need for paper statements.
 
    The Company has introduced products and has formed alliances with other
companies for the introduction, marketing and deployment of electronic bill
presentment and other electronic services. The maintenance of the Company's
paper statement expertise, successful development and marketing of electronic
services and rate of customer acceptance of such services are all subject to the
technological, competitive and market condition risks discussed in various
sections of "Factors That May Affect Future Results."
 
CLIENT FAILURE TO RENEW OR UTILIZE CONTRACTS
 
    Substantially all of the Company's revenue is derived from the sale of
services or products under long-term contracts with its clients. The Company
does not have the unilateral option to extend the terms of such contracts upon
their expiration. In addition, certain of the Company's contracts do not require
clients to make any minimum purchase. Others require minimum purchases that are
substantially below the current level of business under such contracts, and all
such contracts are cancelable by clients under certain conditions. The failure
of clients to renew contracts, a reduction in usage by clients under any
contracts or the cancellation of contracts could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. See
"Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of
Operations--Revenue."
 
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
 
    The Company's strategy to diversify its customer base includes the selling
of its products in a variety of international markets. To date, the Company's
primary customer management software has been installed in more than 20
countries. Generally, the Company operates in U.S. dollars, which reduces but
does not eliminate exposure to the adverse impact of currency fluctuations.
Currently, more than 5% of the Company's customer management software and
services revenue comes from international sources, and the Company is expanding
its international presence, primarily through third party marketing and
distribution alliances. The Company's current and proposed international
business activities are subject to certain inherent risks, including but not
limited to, specific country, regional or global economic conditions, exchange
rate fluctuation and its impact on liquidity, changes in the national priorities
of any given country and cultural differences. There can be no assurance that
such risks will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's future
international sales and, consequently, the Company's business, operating results
and financial condition.
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company relies on a combination of patent, trade secret and copyright
laws, nondisclosure agreements, and other contractual and technical measures to
protect its proprietary technology. There can be no assurance that these
provisions will be adequate to protect its proprietary rights. Although the
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
Company believes that its products and services do not infringe upon the
proprietary rights of third parties, there can be no assurance that third
parties will not assert infringement claims against the Company or the Company's
clients.
 
    The Company has been advised by a cable customer that a third party has
orally asserted that patents held by the third party may be infringed by the
customer's use of interactive computer telephony systems, and that, should it
become necessary, the customer would seek indemnification from the Company. To
the best of the Company's knowledge, no legal proceedings with regard to this
matter have been instituted against the customer or the Company as of the date
of this Report. The Company believes that it has a substantial defense against
the third party's patent infringement claims, and the Company does not believe
that efforts by the third party to enforce the patents against the Company or
its clients are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There can be no
assurance, however, that such claims, if brought, would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH AND ATTRACTION AND RETENTION OF KEY PERSONNEL
 
    Management of the Company's growth may place a considerable strain on the
Company's management, operations and systems. The Company's ability to execute
its business strategy will depend in part upon its ability to manage the demands
of a growing business. Any failure of the Company's management team to
effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
    The Company's future success depends in large part on the continued service
of its key management, sales, product development and operational personnel. The
Company believes that its future success also depends on its ability to attract
and retain skilled technical, managerial and marketing personnel, including, in
particular, additional personnel in the areas of research and development and
technical support. Competition for qualified personnel is intense. The Company
has from time to time experienced difficulties in recruiting qualified skilled
technical personnel. Failure by the Company to attract and retain the personnel
it requires could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The Company's existing and potential clients are subject to extensive
regulation, and certain of the Company's revenue opportunities may depend on
continued deregulation in the world-wide communications industry. In addition,
the Company's clients are subject to certain regulations governing the privacy
and use of the customer information that is collected and managed by the
Company's products and services. Regulatory changes that adversely affect the
Company's existing and potential clients could have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Although the Company believes that it has the product offerings and
resources needed for continuing success, future revenue and margin trends cannot
be reliably predicted and may cause the Company to adjust its operations. The
Company's stock price, like that of other technology companies, is subject to
significant volatility. The announcement of new products, services or
technologies by the Company or its competitors, quarterly variations in the
Company's results of operations, changes in revenue or earnings estimates by the
investment community and speculation in the press or investment community are
among the factors affecting the Company's stock price. In addition, the stock
price may be affected by general market conditions and domestic and
international macroeconomic factors unrelated to the Company's performance.
Because of the foregoing reasons, recent trends should not be considered
reliable indicators of future stock prices or financial results.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
    Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
 
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Management.......................................................................................          23
 
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................          24
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996...............................................          25
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.................          26
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......          27
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.................          28
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................          29
 
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)................................................................          39
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
 
Stockholders of
USCS International, Inc.
 
    The Company's management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and
objectivity of the consolidated financial statements and other financial
information presented in this report. The accompanying financial statements have
been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and
reflect the effects of certain estimates and judgments made by management.
 
    Management maintains an effective system of internal control that is
designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and
transactions are properly recorded and executed in accordance with management's
authorization. The system is continuously monitored by direct management review
and by internal audit. The Company selects and trains qualified people who are
provided with and expected to adhere to the Company's standards of business
conduct. These standards, which set forth the highest principles of business
ethics and conduct, are a key element of the Company's control system. It is
management's responsibility to proactively foster an environment conducive to
these principles.
 
    The Company's consolidated financial statements have been audited by Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants. Their audits were conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and included a review of
financial controls and such tests of accounting records and procedures as they
considered necessary in the circumstances. Management made available to them all
of the Company's financial records and data. Management believes that all
representations made to Price Waterhouse LLP were valid.
 
    The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors meets regularly with
management and the independent accountants to review accounting, reporting,
auditing and internal control matters. The committee has direct and private
access to external auditors.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                        <C>        <C>
By:                   /s/ JAMES C. CASTLE             By:                /s/ DOUGLAS L. SHURTLEFF
           ----------------------------------------              ----------------------------------------
                        James C. Castle                                    Douglas L. Shurtleff
                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND                      SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT OF FINANCE AND
              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS                          CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                 (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)                         (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)
</TABLE>
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of USCS International, Inc.
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of USCS
International, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
                                          /s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Sacramento, California
February 6, 1998
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                               1997        1996
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
                                                      ASSETS
 
Current Assets:
  Cash....................................................................................  $    2,787  $    8,452
  Accounts receivable, net................................................................      97,654      73,458
  Current portion of net investment in leases (note 9)....................................       5,892       4,922
  Paper products and other inventory......................................................       4,573       4,418
  Other...................................................................................       9,853       8,972
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total current assets................................................................     120,759     100,222
Property and equipment, net (note 3)......................................................     101,631      94,350
Net investment in leases, net of current portion (note 9).................................       4,686       6,252
Other.....................................................................................      11,543       4,735
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total assets........................................................................  $  238,619  $  205,559
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses (note 3)..........................................  $   62,656  $   48,975
  Current portion of long-term debt (note 5)..............................................       3,865       4,772
  Deferred revenue........................................................................       4,529       9,434
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total current liabilities...........................................................      71,050      63,181
Long-term debt, net of current portion (note 5)...........................................       5,453       5,647
Customer deposits.........................................................................      18,170      12,752
Other liabilities.........................................................................      12,585       8,646
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total liabilities...................................................................     107,258      90,226
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Commitments and Contingencies (note 6)
 
Stockholders' Equity (note 10):
  Preferred Stock, $.05 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
    outstanding...........................................................................      --          --
  Common Stock, $.05 par value
    Authorized 40,000,000 shares; 23,427,582 shares issued and 22,947,233 shares
      outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 23,068,826 shares issued and outstanding at
      December 31, 1996...................................................................       1,171       1,153
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................      56,504      53,902
  Retained earnings.......................................................................      82,897      60,437
  Treasury stock..........................................................................      (9,047)     --
  Foreign currency translation adjustment.................................................        (164)       (159)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total stockholders' equity..........................................................     131,361     115,333
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..........................................  $  238,619  $  205,559
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ----------------------------------
                                                                                  1997        1996        1995
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue:
  Software and services:
    Customer management......................................................  $  157,151  $  138,157  $  116,855
    Bill processing..........................................................     118,912     102,691      80,427
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
      Total..................................................................     276,063     240,848     197,282
    Equipment sales and services.............................................      23,283      22,366      31,981
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
      Total revenue..........................................................     299,346     263,214     229,263
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
 
Cost of revenue:
  Software and services:
    Customer management......................................................      72,120      73,408      66,465
    Bill processing..........................................................      86,636      74,335      61,237
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
      Total..................................................................     158,756     147,743     127,702
  Equipment sales and services...............................................      14,192      13,180      19,538
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
      Total cost of revenue..................................................     172,948     160,923     147,240
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Gross profit.................................................................     126,398     102,291      82,023
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
 
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...................................................      30,034      25,140      17,815
  Selling, general and administrative........................................      58,340      49,631      42,102
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total operating expenses.................................................      88,374      74,771      59,917
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
 
Operating income.............................................................      38,024      27,520      22,106
Interest expense, net........................................................         554       3,185       4,966
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Income before income taxes...................................................      37,470      24,335      17,140
Income tax provision (note 7)................................................      15,010       9,826       6,770
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income...................................................................  $   22,460  $   14,509  $   10,370
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
 
Earnings per share (notes 10 and 11):
  Basic......................................................................       $0.97       $0.69       $0.53
  Diluted....................................................................       $0.93       $0.66       $0.51
 
Weighted average common shares and equivalents:
  Basic......................................................................      23,164      21,178      19,452
  Diluted....................................................................      24,203      22,075      20,159
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       COMMON STOCK                                        FOREIGN
                                                    ------------------  ADDITIONAL                         CURRENCY
                                                    NUMBER OF    PAR     PAID-IN     RETAINED   TREASURY  TRANSLATION
                                                      SHARES    VALUE    CAPITAL     EARNINGS    STOCK    ADJUSTMENT
                                                    ----------  ------  ----------   --------   --------  ----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995..........................  19,378,143  $  969   $ --        $ 39,185   $  --       $(293)
  Issuance of common stock........................     708,393      35     1,608        --         --       --
  Repurchase of common stock......................  (1,044,521)    (52)   (1,608)      (3,589)     --       --
  Translation adjustment..........................      --        --       --           --         --         (35)
  Net income......................................      --        --       --          10,370      --       --
                                                    ----------  ------  ----------   --------   --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1995........................  19,042,015     952     --          45,966      --        (328)
  Issuance of common stock........................   4,034,240     201    53,902        --         --       --
  Repurchase of common stock......................      (7,429)   --       --             (38)     --       --
  Translation adjustment..........................      --        --       --           --         --         169
  Net income......................................      --        --       --          14,509      --       --
                                                    ----------  ------  ----------   --------   --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1996........................  23,068,826   1,153    53,902       60,437      --        (159)
  Issuance of common stock........................     358,756      18     1,451        --         --       --
  Purchase of treasury stock......................    (541,595)   --       --           --       (10,237)   --
  Issuance of treasury stock......................      61,246    --        (849)       --         1,190    --
  Stock option income tax benefit.................      --        --       2,000        --         --       --
  Translation adjustment..........................      --        --       --           --         --          (5)
  Net income......................................      --        --       --          22,460      --       --
                                                    ----------  ------  ----------   --------   --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1997........................  22,947,233  $1,171   $56,504     $ 82,897   $ (9,047)   $(164)
                                                    ----------  ------  ----------   --------   --------    -----
                                                    ----------  ------  ----------   --------   --------    -----
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                               31,
                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
  Net income...................................................  $  22,460  $  14,509  $  10,370
  Adjustments to net income:
    Depreciation and amortization..............................     25,060     20,311     16,000
    Loss on disposition of assets..............................        904        583        102
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable......................................    (24,023)   (13,551)    (8,388)
      Net investment in leases.................................     (8,029)    (7,440)    (7,230)
      Collections on leases....................................      8,625     10,454     13,745
      Inventory and other assets...............................     (6,129)    (3,782)    (1,456)
      Customer deposits........................................      5,418       (745)     1,857
      Other liabilities........................................     15,329      9,526      4,022
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net cash provided by operating activities....................     39,615     29,865     29,022
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures, net....................................    (32,579)   (29,397)   (29,231)
  Capitalized software development costs, net..................     (3,127)      (293)    (2,000)
  Purchase of subsidiary.......................................     (2,046)    --         --
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net cash used in investing activities........................    (37,752)   (29,690)   (31,231)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net borrowings (paydown) under revolving credit agreements...      4,000    (30,000)    22,000
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.....................     --          2,765      4,096
  Payments on long-term debt...................................     (5,101)   (25,180)   (15,620)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock less expenses.........      3,469     54,103      1,643
  Repurchase of common stock...................................     --            (38)    (5,249)
  Purchase of treasury stock, net..............................     (9,896)    --         --
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities..........     (7,528)     1,650      6,870
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash................................     (5,665)     1,825      4,661
Cash at beginning of year......................................      8,452      6,627      1,966
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash at end of year............................................  $   2,787  $   8,452  $   6,627
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest...................................................  $     871  $   4,595  $   5,145
    Income taxes...............................................     13,106      9,748      4,210
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  GENERAL
 
    USCS International, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, provides
transaction-based comprehensive customer management software and services and
bill processing services and solutions to the global communications industry and
other high volume services companies and sells, maintains and leases computer
systems primarily in North America. The Company generally provides software and
bill processing services to cable television and multi-service providers under
long-term bundled service contracts. The Company also provides bill processing
services on a stand-alone basis primarily to clients in the telecommunications
market. In June 1996, the Company completed an initial public offering (IPO) of
its common stock.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Consolidation--The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany
accounts and transactions.
 
    Financial Statement Preparation--The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    Revenue Recognition--The Company recognizes services revenue monthly as the
services are performed. Fixed fees and the present value of minimum fees under
software licenses are recognized as revenue upon installation. Variable software
license fees are a component of fees billed under bundled service contracts and
are recognized as revenue over the life of the license based on usage. Revenue
from equipment sales is recognized as equipment is shipped. Income from
sales-type leases is recognized as revenue at a constant periodic rate of return
on the net investment in the lease. Billing for services in advance of
performance is recorded as deferred revenue.
 
    In November 1997, the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 97-2 "Software
Revenue Recognition" (SOP 97-2), which is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. The Company has evaluated the provisions of SOP 97-2
and does not expect the adoption of SOP 97-2 to have a material impact on the
Company's revenue recognition policies.
 
    Concentration of Credit Risk--Financial instruments that potentially subject
the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of
trade accounts receivable. A majority of the Company's trade receivables are
derived from sales to the cable television and telecommunications industries.
The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial
condition and, generally, requires no collateral. The Company maintains an
allowance for doubtful accounts on its receivables based upon expected
collectibility of all accounts receivable. Uncollectible amounts have not been
significant.
 
    Paper Products and Other Inventory--Paper products and other inventory is
stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost (determined
on a first-in, first-out basis), or market.
 
    Property and Equipment--Property and equipment is recorded at cost.
Depreciation and amortization expense is recognized on the declining balance and
straight-line methods over useful lives ranging from two to seven years on
equipment and thirty-one to forty years on buildings.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    Research and Development--Research and development costs are expensed as
incurred and consist primarily of software development costs incurred prior to
the achievement of technological feasibility. The Company capitalizes software
development costs after the products reach technological feasibility. These
costs are amortized on a product-by-product basis using the greater of the
amount computed by taking the ratio of current year net revenue to estimated
future net revenue or the amount computed by the straight-line method over the
estimated useful life of the product. No amortization has been recorded to date.
The Company evaluates the net realizable value of capitalized software
development costs on a product-by-product basis in accordance with SFAS 86. The
cost of custom development that is required by a specific client is charged to
cost of revenue.
 
    Customer Deposits--The Company requires postage deposits of its clients
based on long-term contractual arrangements. The Company does not anticipate
repaying in the next year amounts classified as non-current.
 
    Foreign Currency Translation--The functional currency of the Company's
foreign subsidiary is the foreign currency. Adjustments arising from the
translation of balance sheets to U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rates are
included in stockholders' equity. Income and expenses are translated at the
average prevailing rate during the year.
 
    Earnings Per Share--The Company has presented earnings per share in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings
Per Share" ("SFAS 128"). All previously reported amounts have been restated to
conform to SFAS 128. In addition, pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") guidelines, earnings per share for all periods prior to the IPO have
been restated in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98 ("SAB
98"). See Note 11.
 
    Stock-Based Compensation--The Company accounts for stock-based compensation
arrangements with employees and directors in accordance with the provisions of
APB No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and complies with the
disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." Under APB No. 25, compensation cost is recognized based on the
difference, if any, on the date of grant between the fair value of the Company's
stock and the amount an employee or director must pay to acquire the stock.
 
    Treasury Stock--The Company, from time to time, at the authorization of the
Board of Directors, repurchases shares of the Company's common stock to be held
as treasury stock with reservation of such treasury stock for future issuance
under various employee stock purchase and incentive stock option plans, and for
distributions to the Company's 401(k) Retirement Plan.
 
    Recent Accounting Pronouncements--In June 1997, Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130") and
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131") were issued. The adoption
of both statements is required for years beginning after December 31, 1997. SFAS
130 requires, in addition to net income, the identification, classification and
presentation of items of comprehensive income, as defined by the statement, in
the Company's financial statements and notes thereto. SFAS 131 requires separate
reporting in the financial statements of certain financial and descriptive
information about operating segments. The Company will report comprehensive
income for the first quarter of 1998 and segment reporting for the year ended
December 31, 1998. The Company does not expect the adoption of the statements to
have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS AT DECEMBER 31 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
    Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997        1996
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Computer and production equipment.....................................  $  122,324  $  122,105
Plant and property....................................................      36,222      32,545
Leasehold improvements................................................      10,834      12,715
Office equipment......................................................      10,575       8,674
Capital projects-in-progress..........................................      13,211       5,723
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                           193,166     181,762
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........................      91,535      87,412
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        $  101,631  $   94,350
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997        1996
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Trade accounts payable................................................  $   31,177  $   20,791
Accrued payroll and related expenses..................................      14,321      13,915
Accrued retirement plan contributions.................................       6,971       5,218
Other accrued expenses................................................       6,529       3,498
Income taxes payable..................................................       3,658       5,553
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        $   62,656  $   48,975
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
4.  BENEFITS PLANS
 
    The Company has an employee savings and pension benefit plan (known as the
401(k) Retirement Plan). This plan covers substantially all employees. The
Company matches employee contributions of up to six percent of compensation at a
rate of fifty percent. The Company is required to make a contribution of 3% of
each eligible employee's annual compensation. Commencing in 1996, under the
plan's profit-sharing element, the Company also contributes 10% of pretax
profits. Prior to 1996, under the plan's profit-sharing element, the Company
could contribute up to 3% of each eligible employee's compensation determined at
the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company's contribution expense was
$6,737,000, $5,179,000 and $4,204,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
    The Company may fund the plan's profit-sharing element either with cash or
with shares of the Company's common stock. The Company intends to fund the 1997
obligation to the 401(k) with shares held in treasury at the fair market value
on the date of contribution.
 
    The Company had two defined contribution stock ownership plans (ESOP)
covering substantially all employees who were employed by the Company as of
February 18, 1993. There were no contributions to the plans in 1997, 1996 and
1995. Under the plans, the Company was obligated, at the employee's option, to
repurchase vested shares at the current fair market value upon termination or
retirement. Substantially all share repurchases in 1996 and prior years resulted
from the repurchase of shares from former employees. The Company's repurchase
obligations under the plans lapsed effective with the IPO. In 1997, the Board of
Directors terminated the Company's ESOP effective January 1, 1997. An initial
distribution from the ESOP trust occurred in August 1997, with a total of
approximately 518,000 shares and cash of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4.  BENEFITS PLANS (CONTINUED)
$579,000 distributed to the participants. In December 1997, the remaining
approximately 2,900,000 shares and cash of $97,000 were distributed.
 
    The Company has non-qualified deferred compensation plans for senior
management and certain highly compensated employees. The plans permit
participants to defer a portion of their compensation and may provide additional
life insurance benefits until termination of their employment at which time
payment of amounts deferred is made in a lump sum or annual installments.
Deferred amounts accrue interest at a rate determined by the Board of Directors
or are credited with deemed gains or losses of the underlying investments. At
December 31, 1997, amounts deferred under the plans and the related accrued
interest were not material.
 
5.  LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31 (dollars in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   MATURITIES    1997       1996
                                                                                   ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>        <C>
Credit agreement with a finance company, collateralized, without recourse, by         1998     $   4,559  $   8,027
 minimum rentals receivable of $5,728; principal and interest payable monthly at       to
 fixed interest rates resulting in a weighted average interest rate of 8.81% at       2000
 December 31, 1997...............................................................
 
Credit line with two banks.......................................................     2001         4,000     --
 
Bonds payable, with interest (rate of 6.83% at December 31, 1997) and principal       1999           759      2,392
 repayable in approximately equal monthly installments, collateralized by first
 deeds of trust on building and land with a net book value of $4,716.............
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
 
                                                                                                   9,318     10,419
Less current portion.............................................................                  3,865      4,772
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Total long-term debt.............................................................              $   5,453  $   5,647
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has an unsecured revolving credit line with two banks in the
amount of $50 million. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at the
Company's choice of LIBOR (plus a margin ranging from .55% to 1.25%), the bank's
base rate or a quoted rate (rate of 6.94% at December 31, 1997).
 
    Under the borrowing agreements, the Company is required to maintain certain
financial ratios and meet a net worth test. In addition, the Company has four
outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $4,684,000 at December 31, 1997.
Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for credit
facilities and bonds with similar terms and average maturities, the carrying
value of long-term debt at December 31, 1997 is considered to approximate fair
value.
 
    Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1997 are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
1998................................................................  $   3,865
1999................................................................      1,395
2000................................................................         58
2001................................................................      4,000
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $   9,318
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under operating leases
with terms ranging from one to twenty years. Rental expense was $9,844,000,
$9,594,000 and $8,798,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
    Future minimum rental commitments under operating leases are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
1998................................................................  $   6,736
1999................................................................      5,549
2000................................................................      3,866
2001................................................................      2,074
2002................................................................      1,074
Thereafter..........................................................      3,206
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has legal proceedings incidental to its normal business
activities. In the opinion of the Company, the outcome of the proceedings will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
7.  INCOME TAXES
 
    The deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following at
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Compensation and employee benefits related items.......................  $   3,132  $   4,714
  Differences in revenue recognition for book and tax purposes...........        665      2,840
  Accruals and other non-deductible reserves.............................      3,645      3,542
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax assets............................................      7,442     11,096
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax in excess of book depreciation.....................................      6,102      6,163
  Capital leases recorded as operating leases for tax purposes...........      1,523      1,762
  Other..................................................................      1,607        674
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total deferred tax liabilities.......................................      9,232      8,599
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax liability (asset).......................................  $   1,790  $  (2,497)
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The income tax provision is comprised of the following for the years ended
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1997       1996       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal.....................................................  $   9,029  $  11,675  $   4,883
  State.......................................................      1,694      1,786        838
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   10,723     13,461      5,721
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Federal.....................................................      3,436     (3,311)       924
  State.......................................................        851       (324)       125
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    4,287     (3,635)     1,049
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                $  15,010  $   9,826  $   6,770
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The income tax rate varies from amounts computed by applying the U.S.
statutory rate to income before provision for income taxes. The tax rates for
the years ended December 31 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1997  1996  1995
                                                                        ----  ----  ----
<S>                                                                     <C>   <C>   <C>
Income tax computed using U.S. statutory rate.........................  34.3% 34.4% 34.7%
State income taxes, net of federal benefits...........................   6.8   4.4   6.1
Effect of income of foreign subsidiary................................  (1.1)  --    --
Other.................................................................   --    1.6  (1.3)
                                                                        ----  ----  ----
    Income tax provision..............................................  40.0% 40.4% 39.5%
                                                                        ----  ----  ----
                                                                        ----  ----  ----
</TABLE>
 
8.  SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company has three significant customers. Revenue from the largest
customer was $53,101,000, $55,651,000 and $47,287,000 or 18%, 21% and 21% of
total revenue in 1997, 1996 and 1995. This customer is in the process of
transferring its business to another company. Revenue and percentage of total
revenue, respectively, from the other significant customers totaled $39,262,000
or 13% and $27,417,000 or 9% in 1997, $41,066,000 or 16% and $25,013,000 or 10%
in 1996, $38,849,000 or 17% and $17,858,000 or 8% in 1995.
 
    Advisory services were provided to the Company for approximately $400,000 in
1997, 1996 and 1995 by Westar Capital. Three Directors of the Company are
associated with Westar.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  LEASING ACTIVITIES
 
LEASES
 
    The net investment in sales-type leases held by the Company and its leasing
subsidiary reflects the gross lease receivable and the estimated residual value
of the leased equipment less unearned income. The net investment in sales-type
leases consists of the following at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1997       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Total minimum lease payments receivable.................................  $  12,858  $  15,516
Estimated unguaranteed residual value of leased property................         10          8
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Gross investment in leases..............................................     12,868     15,524
Less unearned income....................................................      2,290      4,350
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Net investment in leases................................................     10,578     11,174
Less current portion....................................................      5,892      4,922
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Non-current portion.....................................................  $   4,686  $   6,252
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Lease transactions which do not meet the criteria of a sales-type lease are
accounted for as operating leases. Leased equipment is recorded at cost and
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term to the
estimated residual value at the expiration of the lease term. Income is
recognized monthly on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.
Operating leases are non-cancelable. At December 31, 1997, equipment leased to
clients under operating leases had a cost of $7,462,000 and a net book value of
$4,951,000.
 
    Future payments to be received under leases are (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SALES-TYPE    OPERATING
                                                                         -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
1998...................................................................   $   7,871    $   2,075
1999...................................................................       3,375        2,062
2000...................................................................       1,612          938
                                                                         -----------  -----------
                                                                          $  12,858    $   5,075
                                                                         -----------  -----------
                                                                         -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and generally
maintains a perfected security interest on all equipment leased under sales-type
and operating leases as collateral for lease payments receivable. Substantially
all lease contracts have been pledged and the related receipts have been
assigned to various lenders as collateral for nonrecourse borrowings. The
borrowing agreements provide that the debt is to be satisfied solely from
amounts due under the terms of the lease contracts and the value of the leased
equipment. The lenders' collateral interest in both the lease agreement and the
equipment terminates upon repayment of the debt.
 
SUBSIDIARY
 
    At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company's wholly owned leasing subsidiary
had total assets of $17,061,000 and $16,197,000 and long-term debt of $4,559,000
and $8,027,000, respectively. Net income was $1,794,000, $1,147,000 and
$1,352,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The Company has five stock option plans under which shares of the Company's
common stock have been reserved for issuance to directors, officers and key
employees.
 
    Under the 1988, 1990, 1993 and 1996 Stock Option Plans, options may be
granted at prices and with terms and conditions established by the Company's
Board of Directors at the date of grant. Options vest over periods of up to
sixty months and expire ten years after the date of grant.
 
    Under the Director's Stock Option Plan, options may be granted at fair
market value. Options vest annually over three years and expire five years after
the date of grant.
 
    Information regarding the Company's stock option plans is summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      WEIGHTED
                                                                                       AVERAGE
                                                                         NUMBER OF    EXERCISE
                                                                           SHARES       PRICE
                                                                         ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>
Shares under option:
  Outstanding at January 1, 1995.......................................   2,182,887   $    2.25
  Granted..............................................................     551,775        5.05
  Exercised............................................................    (708,393)       1.44
  Canceled.............................................................    (241,773)       3.00
                                                                         ----------
  Outstanding at December 31, 1995.....................................   1,784,496        3.34
  Granted..............................................................   1,229,074       13.20
  Exercised............................................................    (538,412)       2.10
  Canceled.............................................................    (160,603)       6.93
                                                                         ----------
  Outstanding at December 31, 1996.....................................   2,314,555        8.62
  Granted..............................................................     666,930       17.46
  Exercised............................................................    (406,034)       3.33
  Canceled.............................................................     (79,935)      11.06
                                                                         ----------
  Outstanding at December 31, 1997.....................................   2,495,516   $   11.76
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1997, 1,962,936 shares were available for future grants
under the stock option plans.
 
    For purposes of the following pro forma disclosures required by SFAS 123,
the estimated fair value of options is amortized to expense over the options'
vesting period. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option
model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that
have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option
valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes model, require the input of highly
subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, which are
subject to change from time to time. For this reason, and because the SFAS 123
fair-value based method of accounting has not been applied to options granted
prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma compensation costs are not
necessarily indicative of costs to be expected in future years.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)
    The following pro forma information has been prepared as if the Company had
accounted for its employee stock options using the fair-value based method of
accounting established by SFAS 123. Earnings per share amounts have been
restated for 1996 and 1995 in accordance with SFAS 128 (see note 12):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Net income (in thousands):
  As reported................................................  $  22,460  $  14,509  $  10,370
  Pro forma..................................................     21,312     14,036     10,265
 
Earnings per share:
  As reported--Basic.........................................       0.97       0.69       0.53
  Pro forma--Basic...........................................       0.92       0.66       0.53
 
  As reported--Diluted.......................................       0.93       0.66       0.51
  Pro forma--Diluted.........................................       0.88       0.64       0.51
</TABLE>
 
    SFAS 123 pro forma calculations are based on the following assumptions for
grants in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively: risk-free weighted-average interest
rates of 5.9%, 5.7% and 5.9%; volatility factors of the expected market price of
the Company's common stock of 45.1%, 43.3% and 43.3%; and weighted average
expected option lives of 7.1, 7.3 and 6.9 years.
 
    Summary information concerning outstanding and exercisable employee option
as of December 31, 1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                   AVERAGE       WEIGHTED                  WEIGHTED
                                                  REMAINING       AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                    NUMBER       CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE      NUMBER      EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES          OUTSTANDING       LIFE           PRICE     EXERCISABLE     PRICE
- --------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                               <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>
$  .20 - $ 4.35.................     332,657           5.57      $    3.34      310,166    $    3.27
  5.05 -   7.38.................     389,471           7.57           5.09      125,425         5.07
 12.50       ...................     895,389           8.28          12.50      170,268        12.50
 13.33 -  17.50.................     523,525           9.61          16.14       34,710        15.69
 17.55 -  23.56.................     354,474           8.77          18.66       37,081        17.90
                                  -----------           ---     -----------  -----------  -----------
$  .20 - $23.56.................   2,495,516           8.16      $   11.76      677,650    $    7.36
                                  -----------           ---     -----------  -----------  -----------
                                  -----------           ---     -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Exercise prices of some options differ from the market price of the stock on
the grant date. During 1997, 1996 and 1995, options for 561,190, 1,229,074 and
551,775 shares of stock were granted at a weighted average exercise price of
$17.45, $13.20 and $5.05 per share, respectively, which equaled the weighted
average fair value on the date of grant.
 
    In addition, during 1997, options to purchase 105,740 shares were granted at
$17.55 per share. The fair value on the date of grant was $16.63 per share. The
optionees are entitled to receive a bonus of $16.55 per share exercised. There
were no grants in 1997, 1996, or 1995 with exercise prices greater than the
market price at the date of grant.
 
    Compensation expense recognized in accordance with APB 25 was not material
in 1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    In April 1996, the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Plan") which was implemented in 1997. Under the Plan, shares are purchased on a
quarterly basis at 95% (90% as of January 1, 1998) of the lower of fair market
value of the Company's common stock on the first or last business day of each
calendar quarter. Shares purchased under the Plan may not be sold or otherwise
transferred for six months after issuance. Common stock purchases under the Plan
totaled approximately 19,000 shares at a weighted average purchase price of
$18.41. The weighted average fair value of the employee purchase rights and
compensation expense, as calculated under SFAS 123 using the Black-Scholes
option valuation model, was immaterial.
 
11.  EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    The Company has presented earnings per share in accordance with SFAS 128.
Under SFAS 128, basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average
number of outstanding registered shares. Diluted earnings per share are computed
using weighted average registered shares and common stock equivalents, including
the net shares issuable upon exercise of stock options when dilutive.
 
    Pursuant to SEC guidelines, the Company's earnings per share calculation for
all periods prior to the IPO included additional dilution from certain common
stock and common stock equivalents issued within one year prior to the IPO.
These shares were included in the calculation as if they were outstanding for
all periods prior to their issuance. In February 1998, the SEC issued SAB 98
which amends this treatment and requires all earnings per share calculations
presented to conform with SFAS 128. All earnings per share amounts presented
have been restated to reflect the application of SFAS 128 and SAB 98.
 
    The following table reconciles net income and weighted average shares
outstanding for the basic earnings per share and the diluted earnings per share
computation. Common stock equivalents consist solely of the net shares issuable
upon the exercise of stock options when dilutive.
 
PER SHARE AMOUNT RECONCILIATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                     1997       1996       1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Net Income...................................................  $  22,460  $  14,509  $  10,370
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average shares outstanding..........................     23,164     21,178     19,452
Common stock equivalents.....................................      1,039        897        707
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Diluted shares outstanding...................................     24,203     22,075     20,159
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Basic earnings per share.....................................  $    0.97  $    0.69  $    0.53
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Diluted earnings per share...................................  $    0.93  $    0.66  $    0.51
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Earnings per share amounts would have been $0.93, $0.64 and $0.49 in 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively, had the amounts been calculated in accordance with
pronouncements in effect prior to the adoption of SFAS 128 and SAB 98.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1ST QUARTER  2ND QUARTER  3RD QUARTER  4TH QUARTER
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
Total revenue...............................................   $  70,970    $  72,698    $  73,123    $  82,555
Gross profit................................................      28,784       31,523       31,905       34,186
Operating income............................................       8,648        9,466        9,783       10,127
Net income..................................................       5,053        5,602        5,791        6,014
Basic net income per share..................................        0.22         0.24         0.25         0.26
Diluted net income per share................................        0.21         0.23         0.24         0.25
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Total revenue...............................................   $  60,255    $  63,572    $  69,357    $  70,030
Gross profit................................................      22,094       23,801       27,713       28,683
Operating income............................................       5,443        5,841        7,912        8,324
Net income..................................................       2,563        2,843        4,328        4,775
Basic net income per share..................................        0.14         0.15         0.19         0.21
Diluted net income per share................................        0.13         0.14         0.18         0.20
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
Total revenue...............................................   $  53,012    $  56,151    $  56,677    $  63,423
Gross profit................................................      19,498       19,053       20,044       23,428
Operating income............................................       4,937        5,016        5,965        6,188
Net income..................................................       2,281        2,287        2,794        3,008
Basic net income per share..................................        0.12         0.12         0.14         0.16
Diluted net income per share................................        0.11         0.11         0.14         0.15
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
    None.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
    Information regarding Directors of the Company who are standing for
reelection is set forth under "Election of Directors" on pages 1 and 2 of the
Company's Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, dated
April 17, 1998, which pages are incorporated herein by reference.
 
    The executive officers and directors of the Company and their ages as of
March 10, 1998 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                           AGE                            POSITION WITH COMPANY
- -----------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>
James C. Castle, Ph.D....................          61   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Michael F. McGrail.......................          50   President of CableData, Inc. and Director
C. Randles Lintecum......................          53   President of International Billing Services, Inc.
Douglas L. Shurtleff.....................          51   Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Claudia D. Coleman.......................          46   Vice President, Corporate Development
George L. Argyros, Sr.(1)(2).............          61   Director
John W. Clark(1).........................          53   Director
James L. Hesburgh(2).....................          64   Director
Daniel R. Hesse(1).......................          44   Director
Charles D. Martin(2).....................          61   Director
Thomas A. Page(1)........................          64   Director
Larry W. Wangberg(2).....................          55   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
    JAMES C. CASTLE, PH.D. joined the Company as Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer in August 1992. Prior to joining USCS, Dr. Castle served as
Chief Executive Officer and Director of Teradata Corporation, a manufacturer of
high capacity, high performance parallel processing database systems, from
August 1991 until April 1992. Dr. Castle served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Infotron Systems Corporation, a manufacturer of data and voice
transmission equipment, from October 1987 until August 1991 and was named
Chairman of the Board in May 1989. Prior to October 1987, Dr. Castle held
various senior management positions with TBG Information Systems, Inc., Memorex
Corporation, Honeywell, Inc. and General Electric. Dr. Castle is also a Director
of PAR Technology Corp., Leasing Solutions, Inc., The PMI Group, Inc. and ADC
Telecommunications, Inc. Dr. Castle received his B.S. from the U.S. Military
Academy at West Point and a M.S.E.E. and Ph.D. in Computer and Information
Sciences from the University of Pennsylvania.
 
    MICHAEL F. MCGRAIL has been President of CableData, Inc., the Company's
wholly owned subsidiary, and a Director of the Company since April 1995. Since
December 1993, Mr. McGrail has been President and Managing Director of CableData
International, Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of CableData, Inc. Prior to his
joining CableData, Mr. McGrail served as President of Gandalf International,
Ltd. ("Gandalf"), a wide and local area network communications products company.
He was also Managing Director of Infotron Systems International Ltd., which was
acquired by Gandalf in 1991. Mr. McGrail received a B.Sc. with honors from the
University of Sussex and an M.Sc. in Management from Trinity College, Dublin.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    C. RANDLES LINTECUM has been the President of International Billing
Services, Inc. ("IBS"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, since July
1995. From February 1995 to July 1995, Mr. Lintecum was Senior Vice President,
Marketing and Business Development of USCS, and from May 1993 to February 1995
Mr. Lintecum was Vice President, Corporate Development of USCS. From 1989 to May
1993, Mr. Lintecum was Executive Vice President of Corporate Marketing for
Infonet Services Corporation ("Infonet"), an international data network services
company. From 1988 to 1989, Mr. Lintecum was division Vice President of
Marketing for Computer Sciences Corporation, a computer services company. From
1985 to 1987, Mr. Lintecum was division Vice President of New Business
Development for Computer Sciences Corporation. Mr. Lintecum received a B.S. in
Business Administration from the University of Kansas and an M.B.A. from the
University of Missouri.
 
    DOUGLAS L. SHURTLEFF has been Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since May 1995. From September 1988 to May
1995, Mr. Shurtleff was Vice President, Finance and Administration, and
Treasurer of Infonet. From October 1984 to September 1988, Mr. Shurtleff was
Group Vice President, Finance and Administration, of Computer Sciences
Corporation. Previously, Mr. Shurtleff held various senior management positions
at Pacesetter Systems, Inc., and Deloitte & Touche. Mr. Shurtleff received a
B.S. in Accounting and his M.B.A. from the University of Southern California and
is a certified public accountant.
 
    CLAUDIA D. COLEMAN has been Vice President, Corporate Development, of the
Company since December 1995. From March 1988 to December 1995, Ms. Coleman held
various positions, including Principal, in the investment banking division of
Alex. Brown & Sons ("Alex. Brown"). Prior to joining Alex. Brown, Ms. Coleman
was a Vice President in the investment banking division of Drexel Burnham
Lambert from 1984 to 1988. From 1979 to 1984, Ms. Coleman held various
positions, including Vice President, Corporate Planning, at Bank of America. Ms.
Coleman received a B.A. and a M.B.A. from the University of California.
 
    GEORGE L. ARGYROS, SR. has been a Director of the Company since November
1990. Mr. Argyros is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Arnel & Affiliates,
a West Coast diversified investment company. He is a General Partner and the
principal financial partner in Westar Capital, a private investment company. Mr.
Argyros serves as a member on the Boards of First American Financial
Corporation, The Newhall Land and Farming Company, Rockwell International
Corporation, Tecstar Inc., All Post, Inc., and Doskocil Manufacturing Company,
Inc. and is Non-executive Chairman of Apria Healthcare Group. Since 1976 he has
served as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Chapman University and is a
member of the Board of Trustees of the California Institute of Technology. Mr.
Argyros is Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Beckman Foundation and
Founding Chairman for the Nixon Center for Peace and Freedom in Washington, D.C.
In 1993, he received the Horatio Alger Award of Distinguished Americans and
currently serves as President and CEO of the Washington, D.C. based Horatio
Alger Association.
 
    JOHN W. CLARK became a Director of the Company in January 1998. He is the
Managing Partner of Westar Capital, a private equity firm with a portfolio of
nine companies and a total amount invested in excess of $50 million. Mr. Clark
was founding President and CEO of Valentec International, a producer of metal
and electronic components for military and commercial products that was
ultimately sold to Insilco, a Fortune 500 Company. Mr. Clark was founder and
managing partner of Coyne and Clark, a CPA firm which was merged into Ernst &
Whinney (now Ernst & Young) in 1982, and he served as managing partner of Ernst
& Whinney's Newport Beach, California office. Mr. Clark is a Certified Public
Accountant and a member of World Presidents Organization. He serves on the board
of directors of various Westar portfolio companies and of Amerigon, Inc.
 
    JAMES L. HESBURGH became a Director of the Company in January 1998. He is
President and CEO of James L. Hesburgh International, Inc., an international
consulting and export management company, as well as President and CEO of
Battley, Inc., a subsidiary of a French holding company. He serves as a Director
of both companies and was a Director of Logicon until 1997. Previously, Mr.
Hesburgh was Chairman of the Board of Hiller Aviation, Inc., a manufacturer of
helicopters, and President, Director and
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Member of the Executive Committee of Intercole Automation, Inc. Mr. Hesburgh is
a Director of First Federal Bank of California, First Fed Corporation,
Toastmaster Inc., Sinto America, Robert Sinto Corporation, Fremont Funding,
Inc., Chief Executives Organization, Inc. and DocuSource, Inc. He is also a
member of the Business Advisory Council of the University of Notre Dame, and a
director emeritus of Saint John's Health Center Foundation.
 
    DANIEL HESSE joined the Company's Board of Directors in January 1998. He is
the President and Chief Executive Officer of AT&T Wireless Services, the
nation's largest wireless operator with 8 million customers and over $4 billion
in revenues, and serves as an Executive Vice President of AT&T. Previously, Mr.
Hesse served as Vice President and General Manager of Business Development for
AT&T and as Vice President and General Manager for the AT&T Online Services
Group. From 1991 to 1995, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of AT&T
Network Systems International, in which capacity he managed all AT&T Network
Systems activities (now known as Lucent Technologies) in Europe, the Middle East
and Africa. Mr. Hesse serves on the advisory boards of Cornell University and
Cornell's Johnson Graduate School of Management, where he serves as Chairman of
the Dean's Society. He also serves on the advisory board of the University of
Washington School of Business Administration and the University of Notre Dame
College of Business Administration.
 
    CHARLES D. MARTIN has been a Director of the Company since November 1990.
Mr. Martin has been a general partner of Enterprise Partners, a Southern
California-based venture capital firm, since its formation in 1985. He has also
been a general partner of Westar Capital Associates, which is the sole general
partner of Westar, since its formation in 1987. Mr. Martin also serves on the
Board of Directors Tecstar, Inc., All Post, Inc., Doskocil Manufacturing, Inc.,
ObjectAutomation and El Dorado Communications. Mr. Martin also serves as a
Trustee of Chapman University and is Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the
Orange County Museum of Art.
 
    THOMAS A. PAGE became a Director of the Company in February 1998. He
recently retired as Chairman of Enova Corporation and San Diego Gas and Electric
(SDG&E). Enova Corporation is the parent company of SDG&E and six other
U.S.-based subsidiaries involved in energy-related services and investments. He
is the former CEO of SDG&E serving in that capacity from 1981 to 1995 and
continued as chairman of Enova and SDG&E through 1997. Mr. Page will continue as
a Director of Enova and SDG&E until their 1998 annual meetings. Prior to joining
SDG&E in 1978, Mr. Page was executive vice president and a member of the board
of Gulf States Utilities, and treasurer and controller of Wisconsin Power and
Light Company. Mr. Page is currently a Director of Burnham Pacific Properties, a
member of the Board of Overseers at U.C. San Diego and a director of the
California Chamber of Commerce.
 
    LARRY W. WANGBERG has been a Director of the Company since May 1996. Mr.
Wangberg is President and Chief Executive Officer of ZDTV (Ziff-Davis TV). Prior
to joining Ziff-Davis, he was Chairman and CEO of StarSight Telecast, Inc., an
interactive, on-screen TV guide and navigator software service company. Mr.
Wangberg previously served as Chairman and CEO of Times Mirror Cable Television,
Inc., a provider of broadband-based network and cable broadcast services. Mr.
Wangberg simultaneously served as Senior Vice President of the parent The Times
Mirror Company, a major information provider. In 1995 he engineered the merger
of Times Mirror Cable Television into Cox Communications. Mr. Wangberg is a past
chairman of the National Cable Television Association (NCTA), and has served as
vice chairman of the National Academy of Cable Programming. He previously served
on the boards of C-SPAN, Cable Labs and Zilog, Inc.
 
    There are no family relationships between any directors or executive
officers of the Company.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    Information regarding the Company's compensation of its executive officers
is set forth under "Information Regarding Executive Officers Compensation" on
pages 7 through 9 of the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders, dated April 17, 1998, which pages are incorporated herein by
reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and
management is set forth under "Beneficial Ownership Of Principal Stockholders,
Directors And Management" on pages 4 through 6 of the Company's Proxy Statement
for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, dated April 17, 1998, which pages
are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is set
forth under "Certain Relationships And Related Transactions" on page 10 of the
Company's Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, dated
April 17, 1998, which pages are incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8K
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
    1.  Financial Statements
 
            Financial Statements and Report of Independent Accountants: See Part
            II, Item 8 hereof.
 
    2.  Financial Statement Schedule
 
            All Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
            accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are
            omitted because such schedules are not required under the related
            instructions, are not applicable or the required information is
            given in the financial statements.
 
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
 
    No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Registrant during the quarter ended
December 31, 1997.
 
(c) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of USCS International, Inc. (3)
 
       3.2   Bylaws of the Registrant. (1)
 
       3.3   Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Preferred Stock. (1)
 
       4.1   Reference Exhibit 3.1.
 
       4.2   Stockholder Rights Plan. (1)
 
      10.1   Amended and Restated 1988 Stock Option Plan.
 
      10.2   Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan.
</TABLE>
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      10.3   Amended and Restated 1990 Stock Option Plan.
 
      10.4   Amended and Restated 1996 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
 
      10.5   Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.
 
      10.6   Amended Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
      10.7   Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
      10.8   Bonus Deferral Plan. (4)
 
      10.9   Agreement pursuant to Rule 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) to file Trust Indenture dated as of June 30, 1989
               between the Registrant and Sun Bank, as Trustee. (1)
 
      10.10  Agreement pursuant to Rule 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) to file Reimbursement Agreement dated as of June 30,
               1989 between the Registrant and Sanwa Bank of California. (1)
 
      10.11  Credit Agreement dated as of February 15, 1996 among International Billing Services, Nationsbank of
               Texas and the Lender Parties named therein. (1)
 
      10.12  Credit Agreement dated as of February 15, 1996 among the Registrant, Nationsbank of Texas and the
               Lender Parties named therein. (1)
 
      10.13  Strategic Business Agreement dated January 19, 1992 between the Registrant and International
               Business Machines Corporation and Addendum Number One to Strategic Business Agreement dated June
               4, 1993 between the Registrant and International Business Machines Corporation. (1)
 
      10.14  Business Alliance Program Agreement between Oracle Corporation and CableData. (1)
 
      10.15  Amended, Consolidated and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 1996 among the
               Registrant as borrower and NationsBank, N.A. and Mellon Bank, N.A. as lender. (2)
 
      10.16  On/Line Operating and License Agreement dated June 7, 1996 between CableData, Inc. and TCI Cable
               Management Corporation. (1)
 
      10.17  On/Line Operating and Licensing Agreement dated December 17, 1993 between the Registrant dba
               CableData and Continental Cablevision. (1)
 
      10.18  Statement Production Services Agreement dated August 20, 1993 between the Registrant dba
               International Billing Services and Ameritech Corporation. (1)
 
      10.19  Software License and Service Agreement and Network User License Addendum dated May 18, 1994 between
               the Registrant and Oracle Corporation. (1)
 
      10.20  Strategic Business Alliance Agreement dated February 28, 1997 between the Registrant and CBIS. (3)
 
      10.21  Tandem Alliance Agreement dated January 1, 1995 between Tandem and CableData. (1)
 
      10.22  Contract for Computer Software (Postalsoft Software License Agreement) dated February 13, 1996
               between IBS and Postalsoft, Inc. (1)
 
      10.23  Employment Agreement dated August 10, 1992 between the Registrant and James C. Castle. (1)
 
      10.24  Employment Agreement dated June 29, 1995 with Michael McGrail. (1)
 
      10.25  Form of Severance Agreement. (1)
 
      10.26  Building Lease for property located at 2969 Prospect Park Drive and 11020 Sun Center Drive between
               the Registrant and F.I.A. Profile Fund I dated January 19, 1994. (1)
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      10.27  Alternate Mailing System Agreement dated March 28, 1996 between the United States Postal Service and
               IBS. (1)
 
      10.28  Alternate Mailing Systems Agreement dated April 18, 1996 between the United Postal Service and
               International Billing Services, Inc. (1)
 
      10.29  Form of Directors' Indemnification Agreement. (1)
 
      11.    Statement re: computation of earnings per share.
 
      21.    List of Subsidiaries.
 
      23.    Consent of Independent Public Accountants.
 
      24.    Power of Attorney. Contained in page 44 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein
               by reference.
 
      27.    Financial data schedule.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
    S-1, Registration No. 333-3842, filed pursuant to Section 5 of the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
    the quarterly period ended September 30, 1996.
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
    year ended December 31, 1996.
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
    S-8, Registration No. 333-34801, filed pursuant to Section 5 of the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Rancho
Cordova, State of California, on the 23rd day of March, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                By:           /s/ DOUGLAS L. SHURTLEFF
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                Douglas L. Shurtleff
                                        SENIOR VICE-PRESIDENT OF FINANCE AND
                                              CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                           (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)
</TABLE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Each of the officers and directors of USCS International, Inc. whose
signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints James C. Castle and
Douglas L. Shurtleff, and each of them, their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution, each with power to act alone, to
sign and execute on behalf of the undersigned any amendment or amendments to
this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, and to perform any acts necessary in order to file such
amendment or amendments, exhibits and documents with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, and each of the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or his substitutes, shall do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NAME                                           TITLE                            DATE
- ------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------  -----------------
 
<C>                                               <S>                                           <C>
              /s/ JAMES C. CASTLE                 Chief Executive Officer and
     --------------------------------------         Chairman of the Board of Directors           March 23, 1998
                James C. Castle                     (Principal Executive Officer)
 
           /s/ GEORGE L. ARGYROS, SR.
     --------------------------------------       Director                                       March 23, 1998
             George L. Argyros, Sr.
 
             /s/ CHARLES D. MARTIN
     --------------------------------------       Director                                       March 23, 1998
               Charles D. Martin
 
             /s/ MICHAEL F. MCGRAIL
     --------------------------------------       Director                                       March 23, 1998
               Michael F. McGrail
 
             /s/ LARRY W. WANGBERG
     --------------------------------------       Director                                       March 23, 1998
               Larry W. Wangberg
 
            /s/ DOUGLAS L. SHURTLEFF              Senior Vice-President of Finance and
     --------------------------------------         Chief Financial Officer                      March 23, 1998
              Douglas L. Shurtleff                  (Principal Financial Officer)
 
               /s/ ZAIDA A. KLEIN                 Vice-President, Controller and
     --------------------------------------         Chief Accounting Officer                     March 23, 1998
                 Zaida A. Klein                     (Principal Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
 
                                       46

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

     This 1988 Stock Option Plan is designed to enable executives and other key
     managers of USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
     wholly-owned Subsidiaries to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in
     the Company and thus to share in the future success of the Company's
     business.  The Plan is intended as a further means of attracting and
     retaining outstanding management personnel.  Since the executives and
     managers eligible to receive Options under the Plan will be those who are
     in positions to make important and direct contributions to the success of
     the Company, the directors believe that the grant of Options under the Plan
     will be in the Company's interest.  Options granted hereunder may be either
     Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the discretion of
     the Committee.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, and in any Option granted hereunder, the following
     definitions shall apply:
     (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (c)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
     (d)  "COMPANY" shall mean USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     (e)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in
          accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan.  If the Board
          does not appoint or ceases to maintain a Committee, the term
          "Committee" shall refer to the Board.
     (f)  "CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT" shall mean the absence of any interruption or
          termination of service as an Employee or Non-Employee Director by the
          Company or any Subsidiary.  Continuous Employment shall not be
          considered interrupted during any period of sick leave, military leave
          or any other leave of absence approved by the Board or in the case of
          transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and
          any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company.
     (g)  "DISINTERESTED PERSON" shall mean a person who has not at any time
          within one year prior to service as a member of the Committee (or
          during such service) been granted or awarded Options or other equity
          securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or
          any Parent or Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a member of
          the Committee shall not fail to be a Disinterested Person merely
          because he or she participates in a plan meeting the requirements of
          Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     (h)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person, including officers (whether or not
          they are directors), employed by the Company or any Subsidiary.
     (i)  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.
     (j)  "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" shall mean any option granted under this Plan
          and any other option granted to an Employee in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated
          thereunder.
     (k)  "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option granted under the
          Plan that is subject to the provisions of Section 1.83-7 of the
          Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 83 of the Code.
     (l)  "OPTION" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (m)  "OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean a written agreement between the Company
          and the Optionee regarding the grant and exercise of Options to
          purchase Shares and the terms and conditions thereof as determined by
          the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
     (n)  "OPTIONED SHARES" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
     (o)  "OPTIONEE"  shall mean an Employee, Non-Employee Director or
          Consultant who receives an Option.
     (p)  "PARENT" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
          existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (q)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1988 Stock Option Plan.
     (r)  "REGISTRATION DATE" shall mean June 21, 1996, the effective date of
          the first registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to
          Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act with respect to any class of the
          Company's equity securities.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -1-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (s)  "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     (t)  "SHARE" shall mean a share of the Common Stock subject to an Option,
          as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.
     (u)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
          hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate
     number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 945,000
     Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of
     Common Stock.  If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable for any reason
     without having been exercised in full, the Shares which were subject to the
     Option but as to which the Option was not exercised shall, unless the Plan
     shall have been terminated, become available for other Option grants under
     the Plan.

4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

     (a)  PROCEDURE AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.   The Plan shall be administered
          either by: (i) the full Board, provided that all members of the Board
          are Disinterested Persons; or (ii) a Committee of three (3) or more
          directors, each of whom is a Disinterested Person.  The Board shall
          take all action necessary to administer the Plan in accordance with
          the then effective provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the
          Exchange Act, provided that any amendment to the Plan required for
          compliance with such provisions shall be made consistent with the
          provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, and said regulations.

     (b)  POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
          Committee shall have the authority: (i) to determine, upon review of
          relevant information, the fair market value of the Common Stock;
          (ii) to determine the exercise price of Options to be granted, the
          Employees, Directors or consultants to whom and the time or times at
          which Options shall be granted, and the number of Shares to be
          represented by each Option; (iii) to interpret the Plan; (iv) to
          prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
          Plan; (v) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option
          granted under the Plan (which need not be identical) and, with the
          consent of the holder thereof, to modify or amend any Option; (vi)
          to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any
          instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously
          granted by the Committee; (vii) defer an exercise date of any Option
          (with the consent of the Optionee), subject to the provisions of
          Section 9(a) of the Plan; (viii) to determine whether Options
          granted under the Plan will be Incentive Stock Options or
          Nonstatutory Stock Options; (ix) to make all other determinations
          deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;
          and (x) to designate which Options granted under the Plan will be
          issued in reliance on Rule 701.

     (c)  EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION.  All decisions, determinations and
          interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all
          potential or actual Optionees, any other holder of an Option or other
          equity security of the Company and all other persons.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -2-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a)  PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS. Options may be granted under the Plan to
          key executives and managers who are Employees of the Company.  All
          determinations by the Compensation Committee of the persons to whom
          Options shall be granted hereunder shall be conclusive. An Employee
          who has been granted an Option, if he or she is otherwise eligible,
          may be granted an additional Option or Options.  However, the
          aggregate fair market value (determined in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 8(a) of the Plan) of the Shares subject to one
          or more Incentive Stock Options grants that are exercisable for the
          first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under all stock
          option plans of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries) shall
          not exceed $100,000 (determined as of the grant date); all grants in
          excess of the $100,000 limit shall be designated as Nonstatutory Stock
          Option.

     (b)  NO RIGHT TO CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT.  Neither the establishment nor the
          operation of the Plan shall confer upon any Optionee or any other
          person any right with respect to continuation of employment or other
          service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan
          interfere in any way with the right of the Optionee or the right of
          the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to terminate such employment
          or service at any time.

6.   TERM OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become effective as of July 1, 1988 and subject to Section
     13 hereof, shall extend for a term of ten (10) years from that date
     pursuant to approval of the Plan granted by the holders of a majority of
     the outstanding Shares at the annual meeting of Shareholders of the Company
     held May 6, 1988.

7.   TERM OF OPTION.

     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the term of each Option granted
     under the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.  The term of
     the Option shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.  No Incentive Stock
     Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the
     date such Option is granted; provided that, no Incentive Stock Option
     granted to any Employee who, at the date such Option is granted, owns
     (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) more than ten percent
     (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
     Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be exercisable after the
     expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

8.   EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

     (a)  EXERCISE PRICE.  Except as provided in subsection (b) below, the
          exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to any Option
          shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, which shall in
          no event be less than, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the
          fair market value of such Shares on the date the Option is granted,
          PROVIDED THAT, in the case of any Optionee owning stock possessing
          more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all
          classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
          Company, the exercise price shall be 110% of fair market value on the
          date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.  Fair market value of the
          Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee, using such criteria
          as it deems relevant; provided, however, that  for such time as the
          Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange (within the
          meaning of Section 6 of the Exchange Act) or on the NASDAQ National
          Market System (or any successor national market system), the fair
          market value per Share shall be the closing price on such exchange on
          the date of grant of the Option, as reported in THE WALL STREET
          JOURNAL.

     (b)  TEN PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS.  No Option shall be granted to any Employee
          who, at the date such Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of
          Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -3-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of
          the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, unless the exercise price
          for the Shares to be issued pursuant to such Option is at least
          equal to 110 percent (110%) of the fair market value of such Shares
          on the grant date determined by the Committee in the manner set
          forth in subsection (a) above.

     (c)  CONSIDERATION.  The consideration to be paid for the Optioned Shares
          shall be payment in cash or by check unless payment in some other
          manner, including by promissory note, other shares of the Company's
          Common Stock or such other consideration and method of payment for the
          issuance of Optioned Shares as is authorized by the Committee at the
          time of the grant of the Option.  Any cash or other property received
          by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall
          constitute part of the general assets of the Company.

9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

     (a)  VESTING PERIOD.  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at
          such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee
          and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, which shall
          be specified in the Option Agreement evidencing the Option.  Options
          granted under the Plan shall vest at a rate of at least twenty percent
          (20%) per year, except for certain options for Vice Presidents and
          above granted on or after January 22, 1998, which may vest on such
          criteria and rate (including performance) without regard to minimum as
          the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine.

     (b)  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when
          written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in
          accordance with the terms of the option agreement evidencing the
          Option, and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the
          Option is exercised has been received by the Company.

          An Option may not be exercised for fractional shares. As soon as
          practicable following the exercise of an Option in the manner set
          forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent to
          issue stock certificates representing the Shares purchased. Until the
          issuance of such stock certificates (as evidenced by the appropriate
          entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
          agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
          other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned
          Shares notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will
          be made for a dividend or other rights for which the record date is
          prior to the date of the transfer by the Optionee of the consideration
          for the purchase of the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of
          the Plan.  After the Registration Date, the exercise of an Option by
          any person subject to short-swing trading liability under Section
          16(b) of the Exchange Act shall be subject to compliance with all
          applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3(d) or (e) promulgated under the
          Exchange Act.

     (c)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death during the Option period
          of an Optionee who is at the time of his death, or was within the
          ninety (90)-day period immediately prior thereto, an Employee or Non-
          Employee Director, and who was in Continuous Employment as such from
          the date of the grant of the Option until the date of death or
          termination, the Option may be exercised, at any time prior to the
          expiration of the Option period, by the Optionee's estate or by a
          person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
          inheritance, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise
          at the time of the termination or death, whichever comes first.

     (d)  DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the disability during the
          Option period of an Optionee who is at the time of such disability, or
          was within the ninety (90)-day period prior thereto, an Employee or
          Non-Employee Director, and who was in Continuous Employment as such
          from the date of the grant of the Option until the date of disability
          or termination, the Option may be exercised at any time within one (1)
          year following the date of disability, but only to the extent of the
          accrued right to exercise at the time of the termination or
          disability, whichever comes first, subject to the condition that no
          option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -4-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (e)  TERMINATION OF STATUS AS EMPLOYEE.  If an Optionee shall cease to be
          an Employee for any reason other than disability or death, the
          Optionee may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such other period
          of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date he or she
          ceases to be an Employee, exercise his or her Option to the extent
          that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such
          termination, subject to the condition that no option shall be
          exercisable after the expiration of the Option period.

     (f)  EXERCISE OF OPTION WITH STOCK AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  After the
          Registration Date, the Committee may permit an Optionee to exercise an
          Option by delivering shares of the Company's Common Stock.  If the
          Optionee is so permitted, the option agreement covering such Option
          may include provisions authorizing the Optionee to exercise the
          Option, in whole or in part, by: (i) delivering whole shares of the
          Company's Common Stock previously owned by such Optionee (whether or
          not acquired through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a
          fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the
          Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option; and/or (ii)
          directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise
          be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares
          having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for
          the Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option.  Shares of the
          Company's Common Stock so delivered or withheld shall be valued at
          their fair market value at the close of the last business day
          immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Option, as
          determined by the Committee, in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 8(a) of the Plan.  Any balance of the exercise price shall be
          paid in cash.  Any shares delivered or withheld in accordance with
          this provision shall not again become available for purposes of the
          Plan and for Options subsequently granted thereunder.

     (g)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  After the Registration Date, when an Optionee is
          required to pay to the Company an amount with respect to tax
          withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an Option
          granted under the Plan, the Optionee may elect prior to the date the
          amount of such withholding tax is determined (the "Tax Date") to make
          such payment, or such increased payment as the Optionee elects to make
          up to the maximum federal, state and local marginal tax rates,
          including any related FICA obligation, applicable to the Optionee and
          the particular transaction, by: (i) delivering cash; (ii) delivering
          part or all of the payment in previously owned shares of Common Stock
          (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of an Option);
          and/or (iii) irrevocably directing the Company to withhold from the
          Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option that
          number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount
          of tax required or elected to be withheld (a "Withholding Election").
          If an Optionee's Tax Date is deferred beyond the date of exercise and
          the Optionee makes a Withholding Election, the Optionee will initially
          receive the full amount of Optioned Shares otherwise issuable upon
          exercise of the Option, but will be unconditionally obligated to
          surrender to the Company on the Tax Date the number of Shares
          necessary to satisfy his or her minimum withholding requirements, or
          such higher payment as he or she may have elected to make, with
          adjustments to be made in cash after the Tax Date.

          Any withholding of Optioned Shares with respect to taxes arising in
          connection with the exercise of an Option by any person subject to
          short-swing trading liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
          shall satisfy the following conditions:

     (i)   An advance election to withhold Optioned Shares in settlement of a
           tax liability must satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3(d)(1)(i),
           regarding participant-directed transactions;

     (ii)  Absent such an election, the withholding of Optioned Shares to
           settle a tax liability may occur only during the quarterly window
           period described in Rule 16b-3(e);

     (iii) Absent an advance election or window-period withholding, the
           Optionee may deliver shares of Common Stock owned prior to the
           exercise of an Option to settle a tax liability arising upon
           exercise of the Option, in accordance with Rule 16b-3(f); or

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -5-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (iv)  The delivery of previously acquired shares of Common Stock (but not
           the withholding of newly acquired Shares) will be allowed where an
           election under Section 83(b) of the Code accelerates the Tax Date
           to a day that occurs less than six (6) months after the advance
           election and is not within the quarterly window period described in
           Rule 16b-3(e).

           Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to 
           the use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the exercise 
           price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, 
           including without limitation any adverse tax consequences arising 
           as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of 
           Section 422 of the Code shall be the sole responsibility of the 
           Optionee.  Shares withheld in accordance with this provision 
           shall not again become available for purposes of the Plan and for 
           Options subsequently granted thereunder.

10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

     An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or
     disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and
     distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined
     by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or
     the rules thereunder, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the
     Optionee, only by the Optionee.

11.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

     Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the
     number of Optioned Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the per
     share exercise price of each such Option, shall be proportionately adjusted
     for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
     resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization,
     combination, reclassification, the payment of a stock dividend on the
     Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares
     of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company;
     provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the
     Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
     consideration".  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose
     determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of
     stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any
     class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
     respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an
     Option.

     The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole
     discretion, also make provision for adjusting the number or class of
     securities covered by any Option, as well as the price to be paid therefor,
     in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations,
     recapitalizations, rights offerings, or other increases or reductions of
     shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company
     being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

     If the Company dissolves, sells substantially all of its assets, is
     acquired in a stock for stock or securities exchange or is party to a
     merger or reorganization in which it not the surviving corporation (a
     "Change in Control"), then fifty percent (50%) of the unvested portion of
     each Option held at least six (6) months prior to the effective date of a
     Change of Control shall immediately vest and each Option shall be
     exercisable by the holder thereof for a period of not less than thirty (30)
     days prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that the Optionee
     shall be given not less than thirty (30) days notice of such Change of
     Control and within such time period may exercise his or her Options in
     whole or in part. All Options shall terminate in their entirety to the
     extent not exercised on or prior to such thirty (30) day period.

12.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.

     Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the date of grant of an Option
     under the Plan shall be the date on which the Committee makes the
     determination granting such Option.  Notice of the

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -6-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     determination shall be given to each Optionee to whom an Option is so
     granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

13.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

     The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such
     respects as the Board may deem advisable, except that, without approval of
     the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock no such revision
     or amendment shall change the number of Shares subject to the Plan, change
     the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive Options or
     add any material benefit to Optionees under the Plan.  Any such amendment
     or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, and
     such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not
     been amended or terminated.

14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

     Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan
     unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such
     Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law,
     including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the
     rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any
     stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be
     further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to
     such compliance.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company
     may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at
     the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for
     investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
     Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation
     is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

     During the term of this Plan the Company will at all times reserve and keep
     available the number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the
     requirements of the Plan.  Inability of the Company to obtain from any
     regulatory body having jurisdiction and authority deemed by the Company's
     counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
     hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the
     nonissuance or sale of such Shares as to which such requisite authority
     shall not have been obtained.

16.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEE.

     During the term of any Option granted under the Plan, the Company shall
     provide or otherwise make available to each Optionee a copy of its
     financial statements at least annually.

17.  OPTION AGREEMENT.

     Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements.

18.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

     The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the
     holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company
     entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is
     adopted. Any option exercised before stockholder approval is obtained must
     be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12)
     months before or after the Plan is adopted.  Shares issued upon the
     exercise of such options shall not be counted in determining whether such
     approval is obtained.  Any amendments to the Plan which require stockholder
     approval shall be by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
     the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -7-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                            88-Q STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     --end of plan--





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     -8-
This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the patricipant shall be
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.


<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

     The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to reward outstanding
     performance and contribution, to provide a means for sharing in the
     Company's value growth, and to promote long-term commitment to the Company.
     Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options or
     Nonstatutory Stock Options at the discretion of the Committee.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, and in any Option granted hereunder, the following
     definitions shall apply:
     (a) "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (b) "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (c) "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
     (d) "COMPANY" shall mean USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     (e) "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in 
         accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan.  If the Board 
         does not appoint or ceases to maintain a Committee, the term 
         "Committee" shall refer to the Board.
     (f) "CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT" shall mean the absence of any interruption or
         termination of service as an Employee by the Company or any Subsidiary.
         Continuous Employment shall not be considered interrupted during any 
         period of sick leave, military leave or any other leave of absence 
         approved by the Board or in the case of transfers between locations of 
         the Company or between the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or 
         successor of the Company.
     (g) "DISINTERESTED PERSON" shall mean a person who has not at any time 
         within one year prior to service as a member of the Committee (or 
         during such service) been granted or awarded Options or other equity 
         securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or 
         any Parent or Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a member of 
         the Committee shall not fail to be a Disinterested Person merely 
         because he or she participates in a plan meeting the requirements of 
         Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     (h) "EMPLOYEE" shall mean a person employed by the Company or any 
         Subsidiary.
     (i) "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
         amended.
     (j) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" shall mean any option granted under this Plan 
         and any other option granted to an Employee in accordance with the 
         provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated 
         thereunder.
     (k) "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option granted under the Plan
         that is subject to the provisions of Section 1.83-7 of the Treasury
         Regulations promulgated under Section 83 of the Code.
     (l) "OPTION" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (m) "OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean a written agreement between the Company 
         and the Optionee regarding the grant and exercise of Options to 
         purchase Shares and the terms and conditions thereof as determined by 
         the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
     (n) "OPTIONED SHARES" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
     (o) "OPTIONEE" shall mean an Employee at the level of vice president or 
         above who receives an Option.
     (p) "PARENT" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
         existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (q) "PLAN" shall mean this 1993 Stock Option Plan.
     (r) "REGISTRATION DATE" shall mean June 21, 1996, the effective date of 
         the first registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to 
         Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act with respect to any class of the 
         Company's equity securities.
     (s) "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     (t) "SHARE" shall mean a share of the Common Stock subject to an Option, 
         as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -1-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (u) "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
         hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, The number of Shares
     under this Plan shall be, and shall not exceed, an aggregate of 1,260,000
     shares of Common voting stock of USCS International, Inc. The Shares may be
     authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock.  If an Option
     expires or becomes unexercisable for any reason without having been
     exercised in full, the Shares which were subject to the Option but as to
     which the Option was not exercised shall, unless the Plan shall have been
     terminated, become available for other Option grants under the Plan.

     The Company intends that as long as it is not subject to the reporting
     requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is not an
     investment company registered or required to be registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, all offers and sales of Options and Shares
     issuable upon exercise of any Option shall be exempt from registration
     under the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act, and the Plan shall
     be administered in such a manner so as to preserve such exemption.  The
     Company intends that the Plan shall constitute a written compensatory
     benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701(b) of 17 CFR Section 230.701
     promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such Act.
     The Committee shall designate which Options granted under the Plan by the
     Company are intended to be granted in reliance on Rule 701.


4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

     (a)  PROCEDURE.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board
          may appoint a Committee consisting of not less than three (3) members
          of the Board to administer the Plan, subject to such terms and
          conditions as the Board may prescribe.  Once appointed, the Committee
          shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board.  From
          time to time, the Board may increase the size of the Committee and
          appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without
          cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill
          vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee
          and, thereafter, directly administer the Plan.

          Members of the Board or Committee who are either eligible for Options
          or have been granted Options may vote on any matters affecting the
          administration of the Plan or the grant of Options pursuant to the
          Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an
          Option to himself, but any such member may be counted in determining
          the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board or the Committee
          during which action is taken with respect to the granting of an Option
          to him or her.

          The Committee shall meet at such times and places and upon such notice
          as the Chairperson determines.  A majority of the Committee shall
          constitute a quorum.  Any acts by the Committee may be taken at any
          meeting at which a quorum is present and shall be by majority vote of
          those members entitled to vote.  Additionally, any acts reduced to
          writing or approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee
          shall be valid acts of the Committee.

     (b)  PROCEDURE AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  Notwithstanding subsection (a)
          above, after the date of registration of the Company's Common Stock on
          a national securities exchange or the Registration Date, the Plan
          shall be administered either by: (i) the full Board, provided that all
          members of the Board are Disinterested Persons; or (ii) a Committee of
          three (3) or more directors, each of whom is a Disinterested Person.
          After such date, the Board shall take all action necessary to
          administer the Plan in accordance with the then effective provisions
          of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, provided that any
          amendment to the Plan 

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -2-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          required for compliance with such provisions shall be made consistent 
          with the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, and said regulations.

     (c)  POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
          Committee shall have the authority: (i) to determine, upon review of
          relevant information, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (ii)
          to determine the exercise price of Options to be granted, the persons
          to whom and the time or times at which Options shall be granted, and
          the number of Shares to be represented by each Option; (iii) to
          interpret the Plan; (iv) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
          regulations relating to the Plan; (v) to determine the terms and
          provisions of each Option granted under the Plan (which need not be
          identical) and, with the consent of the holder thereof, to modify or
          amend any Option; (vi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of
          the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an
          Option previously granted by the Committee; (vii) defer an exercise
          date of any Option (with the consent of the Optionee), subject to the
          provisions of Section 9(a) of the Plan; (viii) to determine whether
          Options granted under the Plan will be Incentive Stock Options or
          Nonstatutory Stock Options; (ix) to make all other determinations
          deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; and
          (x) to designate which Options granted under the Plan will be issued
          in reliance on Rule 701.

     (d)  EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION.  All decisions, determinations and
          interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all
          potential or actual Optionees, any other holder of an Option or other
          equity security of the Company and all other persons.

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a)  PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS.  Options under the Plan may be granted
          only to Employees who are vice presidents or above of the Company or
          any Subsidiary whom the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
          designate from time to time.  An Employee who has been granted an
          Option, if he or she is otherwise eligible, may be granted an
          additional Option or Options.  However, the aggregate fair market
          value (determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(a) of
          the Plan) of the Shares subject to one or more Incentive Stock Options
          grants that are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during
          any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and its
          Parents and Subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000 (determined as of
          the grant date); all grants in excess of the $100,000 limit are
          designated as Nonstatutory Stock Option..

     (b)  NO RIGHT TO CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT.  Neither the establishment nor the
          operation of the Plan shall confer upon any Optionee or any other
          person any right with respect to continuation of employment or other
          service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan
          interfere in any way with the right of the Optionee or the right of
          the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to terminate such employment
          or service at any time.

6.   TERM OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board or its
     approval by vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company
     entitled to vote on the adoption of the Plan (in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 18 hereof), whichever is earlier. It shall continue
     in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under
     Section 13 of the Plan.

7.   TERM OF OPTION.

     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the term of each Option granted
     under the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.  The term of
     the Option shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.  No Incentive Stock
     Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the
     date such Option is granted; provided that, no Incentive Stock Option
     granted to any Employee who, at the date such Option is granted, 

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -3-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) more than ten 
     percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock 
     of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be exercisable after the
     expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

8.   EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

     (a)  EXERCISE PRICE.  Except as provided in subsection (b) below, the
          exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to any Option
          shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, which shall in
          no event be less than, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the
          fair market value of such Shares on the date the Option is granted,
          PROVIDED THAT, in the case of any Optionee owning stock possessing
          more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all
          classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
          Company, the exercise price shall be 110% of fair market value on the
          date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.  Fair market value of the
          Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee, using such criteria
          as it deems relevant; provided, however, that if there is a public
          market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be
          the average of the last reported bid and asked prices of the Common
          Stock on the date of grant, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
          (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National
          Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System)
          or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
          exchange (within the meaning of Section 6 of the Exchange Act) or on
          the NASDAQ National Market System (or any successor national market
          system), the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on
          such exchange on the date of grant of the Option, as reported in THE
          WALL STREET JOURNAL.
     (b)  TEN PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS.  No Option shall be granted to any Employee
          who, at the date such Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of
          Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total
          combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
          Parent or Subsidiary, unless the exercise price for the Shares to be
          issued pursuant to such Option is at least equal to 110 percent (110%)
          of the fair market value of such Shares on the grant date determined
          by the Committee in the manner set forth in subsection (a) above.
     (c)  CONSIDERATION.  The consideration to be paid for the Optioned Shares
          shall be payment in cash or by check unless payment in some other
          manner, including by promissory note, other shares of the Company's
          Common Stock or such other consideration and method of payment for the
          issuance of Optioned Shares as is authorized by the Committee at the
          time of the grant of the Option.  Any cash or other property received
          by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall
          constitute part of the general assets of the Company.

9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

     (a)  VESTING PERIOD.  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at
          such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee
          and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, which shall
          be specified in the Option Agreement evidencing the Option.  Options
          granted under the Plan shall vest at a rate of at least twenty percent
          (20%) per year, except for certain options for Vice Presidents and
          above granted on or after January 22, 1998, which may vest on such
          criteria and rate (including performance) without regard to minimum as
          the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine.

     (b)  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when
          written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in
          accordance with the terms of the option agreement evidencing the
          Option, and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the
          Option is exercised has been received by the Company.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -4-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          An Option may not be exercised for fractional shares. As soon as
          practicable following the exercise of an Option in the manner set
          forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent to
          issue stock certificates representing the Shares purchased. Until the
          issuance of such stock certificates (as evidenced by the appropriate
          entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
          agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
          other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned
          Shares notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will
          be made for a dividend or other rights for which the record date is
          prior to the date of the transfer by the Optionee of the consideration
          for the purchase of the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of
          the Plan.  After the Registration Date, the exercise of an Option by
          any person subject to short-swing trading liability under Section
          16(b) of the Exchange Act shall be subject to compliance with all
          applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3(d) or (e) promulgated under the
          Exchange Act.

     (c)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death during the Option period
          of an Optionee who is at the time of his death, or was within the
          ninety (90)-day period immediately prior thereto, an Employee, and who
          was in Continuous Employment as such from the date of the grant of the
          Option until the date of death or termination, the Option may be
          exercised, at any time prior to the expiration of the Option period,
          by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to
          exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent
          of the accrued right to exercise at the time of the termination or
          death, whichever comes first.

     (d)  DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the disability during the
          Option period of an Optionee who is at the time of such disability, or
          was within the ninety (90)-day period prior thereto, an Employee, and
          who was in Continuous Employment as such from the date of the grant of
          the Option until the date of disability or termination, the Option may
          be exercised at any time within one (1) year following the date of
          disability, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise at
          the time of the termination or disability, whichever comes first,
          subject to the condition that no option shall be exercised after the
          expiration of the Option period.

     (e)  TERMINATION OF STATUS AS EMPLOYEE.  If an Optionee shall cease to be
          an Employee for any reason other than disability or death, the
          Optionee may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such other period
          of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date he or she
          ceases to be an Employee, exercise his or her Option to the extent
          that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such
          termination, subject to the condition that no option shall be
          exercisable after the expiration of the Option period.  Upon such
          exercise and if so provided in the Restricted Stock Transfer
          Agreement, the Company may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such
          other period of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date
          of such exercise, repurchase from the Optionee the Optionee's Option
          Shares at the higher of the original purchase price for the Option
          Shares or fair market value (as determined by the Company's Board of
          Directors) of the Option Shares on the date of termination of
          employment.  The right to repurchase shall be exercisable for cash or
          cancellation of purchase money indebtedness.

     (f)  EXERCISE OF OPTION WITH STOCK AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  After the
          Registration Date, the Committee may permit an Optionee to exercise an
          Option by delivering shares of the Company's Common Stock.  If the
          Optionee is so permitted, the option agreement covering such Option
          may include provisions authorizing the Optionee to exercise the
          Option, in whole or in part, by: (i) delivering whole shares of the
          Company's Common Stock previously owned by such Optionee (whether or
          not acquired through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a
          fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the
          Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option; and/or (ii)
          directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise
          be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares
          having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for
          the Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option.  Shares of the
          Company's Common Stock so delivered or withheld shall be valued at
          their fair market value at the close of the last business day
          immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Option, as
          determined by the Committee, in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 8(a) of the Plan.  Any balance of the exercise 

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -5-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          price shall be paid in cash.  Any shares delivered or withheld in 
          accordance with this provision shall not again become available for 
          purposes of the Plan and for Options subsequently granted thereunder.

     (g)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  After the Registration Date, when an Optionee is
          required to pay to the Company an amount with respect to tax
          withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an Option
          granted under the Plan, the Optionee may elect prior to the date the
          amount of such withholding tax is determined (the "Tax Date") to make
          such payment, or such increased payment as the Optionee elects to make
          up to the maximum federal, state and local marginal tax rates,
          including any related FICA obligation, applicable to the Optionee and
          the particular transaction, by: (i) delivering cash; (ii) delivering
          part or all of the payment in previously owned shares of Common Stock
          (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of an Option);
          and/or (iii) irrevocably directing the Company to withhold from the
          Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option that
          number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount
          of tax required or elected to be withheld (a "Withholding Election").
          If an Optionee's Tax Date is deferred beyond the date of exercise and
          the Optionee makes a Withholding Election, the Optionee will initially
          receive the full amount of Optioned Shares otherwise issuable upon
          exercise of the Option, but will be unconditionally obligated to
          surrender to the Company on the Tax Date the number of Shares
          necessary to satisfy his or her minimum withholding requirements, or
          such higher payment as he or she may have elected to make, with
          adjustments to be made in cash after the Tax Date.

          Any withholding of Optioned Shares with respect to taxes arising in
          connection with the exercise of an Option by any person subject to
          short-swing trading liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
          shall satisfy the following conditions:

     (i)  An advance election to withhold Optioned Shares in settlement of a tax
          liability must satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3(d)(1)(i),
          regarding participant-directed transactions;

     (ii) Absent such an election, the withholding of Optioned Shares to settle
          a tax liability may occur only during the quarterly window period
          described in Rule 16b-3(e);

    (iii) Absent an advance election or window-period withholding, the Optionee
          may deliver shares of Common Stock owned prior to the exercise of an 
          Option to settle a tax liability arising upon exercise of the Option,
          in accordance with Rule 16b-3(f); or

     (iv) The delivery of previously acquired shares of Common Stock (but not
          the withholding of newly acquired Shares) will be allowed where an
          election under Section 83(b) of the Code accelerates the Tax Date to a
          day that occurs less than six (6) months after the advance election
          and is not within the quarterly window period described in
          Rule 16b-3(e).

          Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to 
          the use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the exercise 
          price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, 
          including without limitation any adverse tax consequences arising 
          as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of 
          Section 422 of the Code shall be the sole responsibility of the 
          Optionee.  Shares withheld in accordance with this provision shall 
          not again become available for purposes of the Plan and for 
          Options subsequently granted thereunder.

10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

     An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or
     disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and
     distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined
     by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or
     the rules thereunder, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the
     Optionee, only by the Optionee.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -6-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

     Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the
     number of Optioned Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the per
     share exercise price of each such Option, shall be proportionately adjusted
     for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
     resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization,
     combination, reclassification, the payment of a stock dividend on the
     Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares
     of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company;
     provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the
     Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
     consideration".  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose
     determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of
     stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any
     class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
     respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an
     Option.

     The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole
     discretion, also make provision for adjusting the number or class of
     securities covered by any Option, as well as the price to be paid therefor,
     in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations,
     recapitalizations, rights offerings, or other increases or reductions of
     shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company
     being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

     If the Company dissolves, sells substantially all of its assets, is
     acquired in a stock for stock or securities exchange or is party to a
     merger or reorganization in which it not the surviving corporation (a
     "Change in Control"), then fifty percent (50%) of the unvested portion of
     each Option held at least six (6) months prior to the effective date of a
     Change of Control shall immediately vest and each Option shall be
     exercisable by the holder thereof for a period of not less than thirty (30)
     days prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that the Optionee
     shall be given not less than thirty (30) days notice of such Change of
     Control and within such time period may exercise his or her Options in
     whole or in part. All Options shall terminate in their entirety to the
     extent not exercised on or prior to such thirty (30) day period.

12.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.

     Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the date of grant of an Option
     under the Plan shall be the date on which the Committee makes the
     determination granting such Option.  Notice of the determination shall be
     given to each Optionee to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable
     time after the date of such grant.

13.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

     The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such
     respects as the Board may deem advisable, except that, without approval of
     the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock no such revision
     or amendment shall change the number of Shares subject to the Plan, change
     the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive Options or
     add any material benefit to Optionees under the Plan.  Any such amendment
     or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, and
     such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not
     been amended or terminated.

14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

     Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan
     unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such
     Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law,
     including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the
     rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any
     stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be
     further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to
     such compliance.  As a condition 

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -7-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 1/98
RESTATED 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
                           93-Q  STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising
     such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that 
     the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present 
     intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel 
     for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the 
     aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

     During the term of this Plan the Company will at all times reserve and keep
     available the number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the
     requirements of the Plan.  Inability of the Company to obtain from any
     regulatory body having jurisdiction and authority deemed by the Company's
     counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
     hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the
     nonissuance or sale of such Shares as to which such requisite authority
     shall not have been obtained.

16.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEE.

     During the term of any Option granted under the Plan, the Company shall
     provide or otherwise make available to each Optionee a copy of its
     financial statements at least annually.

17.  OPTION AGREEMENT.

     Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements.

18.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

     The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the
     holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company
     entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is
     adopted.  Any option exercised before stockholder approval is obtained must
     be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12)
     months before or after the Plan is adopted.  Shares issued upon the
     exercise of such options shall not be counted in determining whether such
     approval is obtained.  Any amendments to the Plan which require stockholder
     approval shall be by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
     the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote.
     --end of plan--









- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -8-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participants shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.


<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

     The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best
     available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide
     additional incentives to Employees, and to promote the success of the
     Company's business.  Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive
     Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the discretion of the
     Committee.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, and in any Option granted hereunder, the following
     definitions shall apply:
     (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (c)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
     (d)  "COMPANY" shall mean USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     (e)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in
          accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan.  If the Board
          does not appoint or ceases to maintain a Committee, the term
          "Committee" shall refer to the Board.
     (f)  "CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT" shall mean the absence of any interruption or
          termination of service as an Employee or Non-Employee Director by the
          Company or any Subsidiary.  Continuous Employment shall not be
          considered interrupted during any period of sick leave, military leave
          or any other leave of absence approved by the Board or in the case of
          transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and
          any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company.
     (g)  "DISINTERESTED PERSON" shall mean a person who has not at any time
          within one year prior to service as a member of the Committee (or
          during such service) been granted or awarded Options or other equity
          securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or
          any Parent or Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a member of
          the Committee shall not fail to be a Disinterested Person merely
          because he or she participates in a plan meeting the requirements of
          Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     (h)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person, including officers (whether or not
          they are directors), employed by the Company or any Subsidiary.
     (i)  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.
     (j)  "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" shall mean any option granted under this Plan
          and any other option granted to an Employee in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated
          thereunder.
     (k)  "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option granted under the
          Plan that is subject to the provisions of Section 1.83-7 of the
          Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 83 of the Code.
     (l)  "OPTION" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (m)  "OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean a written agreement between the Company
          and the Optionee regarding the grant and exercise of Options to
          purchase Shares and the terms and conditions thereof as determined by
          the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
     (n)  "OPTIONED SHARES" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
     (o)  "OPTIONEE" shall mean an Employee, Non-Employee Director or
          Consultant who receives an Option.
     (p)  "PARENT" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
          existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (q)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1990 Stock Option Plan.
     (r)  "REGISTRATION DATE" shall mean June 21, 1996, the effective date of
          the first registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to
          Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act with respect to any class of the
          Company's equity securities.
     (s)  "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     (t)  "SHARE" shall mean a share of the Common Stock subject to an Option,
          as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.
     (u)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
          hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate
     number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 1,039,500
     Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of
     Common Stock.  If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable for any reason
     without having been exercised in full, the Shares which were subject to the
     Option but as to which the Option was not exercised shall, unless the Plan
     shall have been terminated, become available for other Option grants under
     the Plan.

     The Company intends that as long as it is not subject to the reporting
     requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is not an
     investment company registered or required to be registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, all 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -1-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     offers and sales of Options and Shares issuable upon exercise of any Option
     shall be exempt from registration under the provisions of Section 5 of the
     Securities Act, and the Plan shall be administered in such a manner so as 
     to preserve such exemption.  The Company intends that the Plan shall 
     constitute a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 
     701(b) of 17 CFR Section 230.701 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
     Commission pursuant to such Act.  The Committee shall designate which 
     Options granted under the Plan by the Company are intended to be granted 
     in reliance on Rule 701.

4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

     (a)  PROCEDURE.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board
          may appoint a Committee consisting of not less than three (3) members
          of the Board to administer the Plan, subject to such terms and
          conditions as the Board may prescribe.  Once appointed, the Committee
          shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board.  From
          time to time, the Board may increase the size of the Committee and
          appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without
          cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill
          vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee
          and, thereafter, directly administer the Plan.

          Members of the Board or Committee who are either eligible for Options
          or have been granted Options may vote on any matters affecting the
          administration of the Plan or the grant of Options pursuant to the
          Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an
          Option to himself, but any such member may be counted in determining
          the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board or the Committee
          during which action is taken with respect to the granting of an Option
          to him or her.

          The Committee shall meet at such times and places and upon such notice
          as the Chairperson determines.  A majority of the Committee shall
          constitute a quorum.  Any acts by the Committee may be taken at any
          meeting at which a quorum is present and shall be by majority vote of
          those members entitled to vote.  Additionally, any acts reduced to
          writing or approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee
          shall be valid acts of the Committee.

     (b)  PROCEDURE AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  Notwithstanding subsection (a)
          above, after the date of registration of the Company's Common Stock on
          a national securities exchange or the Registration Date, the Plan
          shall be administered either by: (i) the full Board, provided that all
          members of the Board are Disinterested Persons; or (ii) a Committee of
          three (3) or more directors, each of whom is a Disinterested Person.
          After such date, the Board shall take all action necessary to
          administer the Plan in accordance with the then effective provisions
          of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, provided that any
          amendment to the Plan required for compliance with such provisions
          shall be made consistent with the provisions of Section 13 of the
          Plan, and said regulations.

     (c)  POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
          Committee shall have the authority: (i) to determine, upon review of
          relevant information, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (ii)
          to determine the exercise price of Options to be granted, the
          Employees, Directors or consultants to whom and the time or times at
          which Options shall be granted, and the number of Shares to be
          represented by each Option; (iii) to interpret the Plan; (iv) to
          prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
          Plan; (v) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted
          under the Plan (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of
          the holder thereof, to modify or amend any Option; (vi) to authorize
          any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required
          to effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted by the
          Committee; (vii) defer an exercise date of any Option (with the
          consent of the Optionee), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) of
          the Plan; (viii) to determine whether Options granted under the Plan
          will be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options; (ix) to
          make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the
          administration of the Plan; and (x) to designate which Options granted
          under the Plan will be issued in reliance on Rule 701.

     (d)  EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION.  All decisions, determinations and
          interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all
          potential or actual Optionees, any other holder of an Option or other
          equity security of the Company and all other persons.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -2-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a)  PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS.  Options under the Plan may be granted
          only to Employees whom the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
          designate from time to time.  An Employee who has been granted an
          Option, if he or she is otherwise eligible, may be granted an
          additional Option or Options.  However, the aggregate fair market
          value (determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(a) of
          the Plan) of the Shares subject to one or more Incentive Stock Options
          grants that are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during
          any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and its
          Parents and Subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000 (determined as of
          the grant date)); all grants in excess of the $100,000 limit are
          designated as Nonstatutory Stock Option.

     (b)  NO RIGHT TO CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT.  Neither the establishment nor the
          operation of the Plan shall confer upon any Optionee or any other
          person any right with respect to continuation of employment or other
          service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan
          interfere in any way with the right of the Optionee or the right of
          the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to terminate such employment
          or service at any time.

6.   TERM OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board or its
     approval by vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company
     entitled to vote on the adoption of the Plan (in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 18 hereof), whichever is earlier. It shall continue
     in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under
     Section 13 of the Plan.

7.   TERM OF OPTION.

     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the term of each Option granted
     under the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.  The term of
     the Option shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.  No Incentive Stock
     Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the
     date such Option is granted; provided that, no Incentive Stock Option
     granted to any Employee who, at the date such Option is granted, owns
     (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) more than ten percent
     (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
     Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be exercisable after the
     expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

8.   EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

     (a)  EXERCISE PRICE.  Except as provided in subsection (b) below, the
          exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to any Option
          shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, which shall in
          no event be less than, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the
          fair market value of such Shares on the date the Option is granted,
          PROVIDED THAT, in the case of any Optionee owning stock possessing
          more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all
          classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
          Company, the exercise price shall be 110% of fair market value on the
          date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.  Fair market value of the
          Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee, using such criteria
          as it deems relevant; provided, however, that if there is a public
          market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be
          the average of the last reported bid and asked prices of the Common
          Stock on the date of grant, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
          (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National
          Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System)
          or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
          exchange (within the meaning of Section 6 of the Exchange Act) or on
          the NASDAQ National Market System (or any successor national market
          system), the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on
          such exchange on the date of grant of the Option, as reported in THE
          WALL STREET JOURNAL.
     (b)  TEN PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS.  No Option shall be granted to any Employee
          who, at the date such Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of
          Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total
          combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
          Parent or Subsidiary, unless the exercise price for the Shares to be
          issued pursuant to such Option is at least equal to 110 percent (110%)
          of the fair market value of such Shares on the grant date determined
          by the Committee in the manner set forth in subsection (a) above.
     (c)  CONSIDERATION.  The consideration to be paid for the Optioned Shares
          shall be payment in cash or by check unless payment in some other
          manner, including by promissory note, other shares of the Company's
          Common Stock or such other consideration and method of payment for the
          issuance of Optioned Shares as is authorized by the Committee at the
          time of the grant of the Option.  Any cash or other property received
          by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall
          constitute part of the general assets of the Company.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -3-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

     (a)  VESTING PERIOD.  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at
          such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee
          and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, which shall
          be specified in the Option Agreement evidencing the Option.  Options
          granted under the Plan shall vest at a rate of at least twenty percent
          (20%) per year, except for certain options for Vice Presidents and
          above granted on or after January 22, 1998, which may vest on such
          criteria and rate (including performance) without regard to minimum as
          the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine.

     (b)  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when
          written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in
          accordance with the terms of the option agreement evidencing the
          Option, and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the
          Option is exercised has been received by the Company.

          An Option may not be exercised for fractional shares. As soon as
          practicable following the exercise of an Option in the manner set
          forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent to
          issue stock certificates representing the Shares purchased. Until the
          issuance of such stock certificates (as evidenced by the appropriate
          entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
          agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
          other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned
          Shares notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will
          be made for a dividend or other rights for which the record date is
          prior to the date of the transfer by the Optionee of the consideration
          for the purchase of the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of
          the Plan.  After the Registration Date, the exercise of an Option by
          any person subject to short-swing trading liability under Section
          16(b) of the Exchange Act shall be subject to compliance with all
          applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3(d) or (e) promulgated under the
          Exchange Act.

     (c)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death during the Option period
          of an Optionee who is at the time of his death, or was within the
          ninety (90)-day period immediately prior thereto, an Employee or 
          Non-Employee Director, and who was in Continuous Employment as such 
          from the date of the grant of the Option until the date of death or
          termination, the Option may be exercised, at any time prior to the
          expiration of the Option period, by the Optionee's estate or by a
          person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
          inheritance, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise
          at the time of the termination or death, whichever comes first.

     (d)  DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the disability during the
          Option period of an Optionee who is at the time of such disability, or
          was within the ninety (90)-day period prior thereto, an Employee or
          Non-Employee Director, and who was in Continuous Employment as such
          from the date of the grant of the Option until the date of disability
          or termination, the Option may be exercised at any time within one (1)
          year following the date of disability, but only to the extent of the
          accrued right to exercise at the time of the termination or
          disability, whichever comes first, subject to the condition that no
          option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

     (e)  TERMINATION OF STATUS AS EMPLOYEE.  If an Optionee shall cease to be
          an Employee for any reason other than disability or death, the
          Optionee may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such other period
          of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date he or she
          ceases to be an Employee, exercise his or her Option to the extent
          that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such
          termination, subject to the condition that no option shall be
          exercisable after the expiration of the Option period.  Upon such
          exercise and if so provided in the Restricted Stock Transfer
          Agreement, the Company may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such
          other period of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date
          of such exercise, repurchase from the Optionee the Optionee's Option
          Shares at the higher of the original purchase price for the Option
          Shares or fair market value (as determined by the Company's Board of
          Directors) of the Option Shares on the date of termination of
          employment.  The right to repurchase shall be exercisable for cash or
          cancellation of purchase money indebtedness.

     (f)  EXERCISE OF OPTION WITH STOCK AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  After the
          Registration Date, the Committee may permit an Optionee to exercise an
          Option by delivering shares of the Company's Common Stock.  If the
          Optionee is so permitted, the option agreement covering such Option
          may include provisions authorizing the Optionee to exercise the
          Option, in whole or in part, by:  (i) delivering whole shares of the
          Company's Common Stock previously owned by such Optionee (whether or
          not acquired through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a
          fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the
          Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option; and/or (ii)
          directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise
          be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares
          having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for
          the Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option.  Shares of the
          Company's Common Stock so delivered or withheld shall be valued at
          their fair market value at the close of the last business day
          immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Option, as
          determined by the Committee, in accordance 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -4-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           with the provisions of Section 8(a) of the Plan.  Any balance of the 
           exercise price shall be paid in cash.  Any shares delivered or 
           withheld in accordance with this provision shall not again become 
           available for purposes of the Plan and for Options subsequently 
           granted thereunder.

     (g)   TAX WITHHOLDING.  After the Registration Date, when an Optionee is
           required to pay to the Company an amount with respect to tax
           withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an Option
           granted under the Plan, the Optionee may elect prior to the date the
           amount of such withholding tax is determined (the "Tax Date") to make
           such payment, or such increased payment as the Optionee elects to 
           make up to the maximum federal, state and local marginal tax rates,
           including any related FICA obligation, applicable to the Optionee and
           the particular transaction, by: (i) delivering cash; (ii) delivering
           part or all of the payment in previously owned shares of Common Stock
           (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of an Option);
           and/or (iii) irrevocably directing the Company to withhold from the
           Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option 
           that number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to the
           amount of tax required or elected to be withheld (a "Withholding 
           Election").  If an Optionee's Tax Date is deferred beyond the date 
           of exercise and the Optionee makes a Withholding Election, the 
           Optionee will initially receive the full amount of Optioned Shares 
           otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option, but will be 
           unconditionally obligated to surrender to the Company on the Tax Date
           the number of Shares necessary to satisfy his or her minimum 
           withholding requirements, or such higher payment as he or she may 
           have elected to make, with adjustments to be made in cash after the 
           Tax Date.

           Any withholding of Optioned Shares with respect to taxes arising in
           connection with the exercise of an Option by any person subject to
           short-swing trading liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
           shall satisfy the following conditions:

     (i)   An advance election to withhold Optioned Shares in settlement of a 
           tax liability must satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3(d)(1)(i),
           regarding participant-directed transactions;

     (ii)  Absent such an election, the withholding of Optioned Shares to settle
           a tax liability may occur only during the quarterly window period
           described in Rule 16b-3(e);

     (iii) Absent an advance election or window-period withholding, the
           Optionee may deliver shares of Common Stock owned prior to the
           exercise of an Option to settle a tax liability arising upon
           exercise of the Option, in accordance with Rule 16b-3(f); or

     (iv)  The delivery of previously acquired shares of Common Stock (but not
           the withholding of newly acquired Shares) will be allowed where an
           election under Section 83(b) of the Code accelerates the Tax Date to 
           a day that occurs less than six (6) months after the advance election
           and is not within the quarterly window period described in
           Rule 16b-3(e).

           Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to the
           use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the exercise price
           or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, including
           without limitation any adverse tax consequences arising as a result
           of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of
           the Code shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.  Shares 
           withheld in accordance with this provision shall not again become 
           available for purposes of the Plan and for Options subsequently 
           granted thereunder.

10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

     An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or
     disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and
     distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined
     by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or
     the rules thereunder, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the
     Optionee, only by the Optionee.
     .

11.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

     Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the
     number of Optioned Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the per
     share exercise price of each such Option, shall be proportionately adjusted
     for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
     resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization,
     combination, reclassification, the payment of a stock dividend on the
     Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares
     of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company;
     provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the
     Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
     consideration".  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose
     determination in that respect shall be final, binding and 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -5-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company
     of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of 
     stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
     be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock 
     subject to an Option.

     The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole
     discretion, also make provision for adjusting the number or class of
     securities covered by any Option, as well as the price to be paid therefor,
     in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations,
     recapitalizations, rights offerings, or other increases or reductions of
     shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company
     being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

     If the Company dissolves, sells substantially all of its assets, is
     acquired in a stock for stock or securities exchange or is party to a
     merger or reorganization in which it not the surviving corporation (a
     "Change in Control"), then fifty percent (50%) of the unvested portion of
     each Option held at least six (6) months prior to the effective date of a
     Change of Control shall immediately vest and each Option shall be
     exercisable by the holder thereof for a period of not less than thirty (30)
     days prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that the Optionee
     shall be given not less than thirty (30) days notice of such Change of
     Control and within such time period may exercise his or her Options in
     whole or in part. All Options shall terminate in their entirety to the
     extent not exercised on or prior to such thirty (30) day period.


12.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.

     Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the date of grant of an Option
     under the Plan shall be the date on which the Committee makes the
     determination granting such Option.  Notice of the determination shall be
     given to each Optionee to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable
     time after the date of such grant.

13.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

     The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such
     respects as the Board may deem advisable, except that, without approval of
     the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock no such revision
     or amendment shall change the number of Shares subject to the Plan, change
     the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive Options or
     add any material benefit to Optionees under the Plan.  Any such amendment
     or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, and
     such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not
     been amended or terminated.

14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

     Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan
     unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such
     Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law,
     including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the
     rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any
     stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be
     further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to
     such compliance.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company
     may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at
     the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for
     investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
     Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation
     is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

     During the term of this Plan the Company will at all times reserve and keep
     available the number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the
     requirements of the Plan.  Inability of the Company to obtain from any
     regulatory body having jurisdiction and authority deemed by the Company's
     counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
     hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the
     nonissuance or sale of such Shares as to which such requisite authority
     shall not have been obtained.

16.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEE.

     During the term of any Option granted under the Plan, the Company shall
     provide or otherwise make available to each Optionee a copy of its
     financial statements at least annually.

17.  OPTION AGREEMENT.

     Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -6-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
RESTATED 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               90-N STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

18.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

     The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the
     holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company
     entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is
     adopted. Any option exercised before stockholder approval is obtained must
     be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12)
     months before or after the Plan is adopted.  Shares issued upon the
     exercise of such options shall not be counted in determining whether such
     approval is obtained.  Any amendments to the Plan which require stockholder
     approval shall be by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
     the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote.















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -7-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.




<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 2/98
RESTATED OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
        USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

     The purposes of this Directors' Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain
     the best available personnel for service as Directors of the Company, to
     provide additional incentive to the Outside Directors of the Company to
     serve as Directors, and to encourage their continued service on the Board.
     All options granted hereunder shall be Nonstatutory Stock Options.

2.  DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, and in any Option granted hereunder, the following
     definitions shall apply:
(a)  BOARD: the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b)  CODE: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(c)  COMMON STOCK: the Common Stock of the Company.
(d)  COMPANY: USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(e)  CONTINUOUS STATUS AS A DIRECTOR: the absence of any interruption or
     termination of service as a Director.
(f)  DIRECTOR: a member of the Board.
(g)  DISINTERESTED PERSON: a person classified as a "disinterested person" under
     Rule 16b-3, promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall not fail to be a
     Disinterested Person merely because he or she participates in a plan
     meeting the requirements of Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B).
(h)  EFFECTIVE DATE the effective date of the first registration statement filed
     by the Company pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act (as defined
     below) with respect to the Common Stock(1).
(i)  EXCHANGE ACT:  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j)  NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION: an Option granted under the Plan that is subject
     to the provisions of Section 1.83-7 of the Treasury Regulations promulgated
     under Section 83 of the Code.
(k)  OPTION: a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(l)  OPTION AGREEMENT: a written agreement between the Company and the
     Optionee regarding the grant and exercise of Options to purchase Shares and
     the terms and conditions thereof as determined by the Board pursuant to the
     Plan.
(m)  OPTIONED SHARES: the Common Stock subject to an Option.
(n)  OPTIONEE: an Outside Director who receives an Option.
(o)  OUTSIDE DIRECTOR: any non-employee Director.
(p)  PARENT: a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as
     defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.
(q)  PLAN: this 1996 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
(r)  SECURITIES ACT: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(s)  SHARE: a share of the Common Stock subject to an Option, as adjusted in
     accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.
(t)  SUBSIDIARY: a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing,
     as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.


3.   SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate
     number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is One
     Hundred Fifty Thousand (150,000) Shares(2) (the "Pool") of Common Stock.  
     The Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock.  If 
     an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without 
     having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares which were subject 
     thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, be returned to 
     the Pool and become available for other Option grants under the Plan.


4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

(a)  ADMINISTRATION.

       The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board shall take all
     action necessary to administer the Plan in accordance with the then
     effective provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act,
     provided that any amendment to the Plan required for compliance with such
     provisions shall be made consistent with the provisions of Section 12
     hereof, and said regulations.  No discretion concerning decisions regarding
     the Plan shall be afforded to any person who is not a Disinterested Person.

(b)  OPTION GRANTS.

     All grants of Options hereunder shall be automatic and non-discretionary
     and shall be made strictly in accordance with the following provisions:

     (i)  No Options shall be granted under the Plan prior to the Effective Date
     and until stockholder approval of the Plan has been obtained in accordance
     with Section 17 hereof.(3)

     (ii)  No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside Directors
     shall be granted Options or to determine the number of Shares to be covered
     by Options granted to Outside Directors.

- ----------
(1) This date was June 20, 1996.
(2) This number was 71,249 prior to stock split on June 20, 1996.
(3) Both these conditions were met on June 20, 1996.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -1-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 2/98
RESTATED OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
        USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (iii) Each Outside Director elected or appointed to a three year term shall
     be automatically granted an Option to purchase Ten Thousand (10,000)
     Shares(4) on the date (on or after the effective date of this Plan) on 
     which such person first becomes a Director, whether through election by the
     stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy;
     provided, however, that no Option shall become exercisable until
     stockholder approval of the Plan has been obtained in accordance with
     Section 17 hereof.

     (iv)  The TERMS OF EACH OPTION granted hereunder shall be as follows:

     (A)  the grant date of each Option shall be the date on which it is
          automatically granted pursuant to this Section 4(b).
     (B)  the term of the Option shall be five (5) years.
     (C)  The Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director
          remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in Section 9
          hereof.
     (D)  the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the fair market value of
          a Share on the date of grant of the Option, as determined pursuant to
          Section 8(a) hereof.
     (E)  the Option shall become exercisable cumulatively as to one-third (1/3)
          of the Optioned Shares of the last day of the twelfth month in each
          twelve month period following the date of grant of the Option for as
          long as the Optionee maintains his or her Continuous Status as a
          Director.

     (v)  In the event that any Option granted under the Plan would cause the
     number of Shares subject to outstanding Options plus the number of Shares
     previously purchased upon exercise of Options to exceed the Pool, then each
     such automatic grant shall be for that number of Shares determined by
     dividing the total number of Shares remaining available for grant by the
     number of Outside Directors entitled to an Option grant on the automatic
     grant date.  No further grants shall be made until such time, if any, as
     additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan through action
     of the stockholders to increase the number of Shares which may be issued
     under the Plan or through cancellation or expiration of Options previously
     granted hereunder.

(c)  POWERS OF THE BOARD.

     Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority:
     (i) to determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance
     with Section 8(a) hereof, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (ii)
     to interpret the Plan; (iii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
     regulations relating to the Plan; (iv) to authorize any person to execute
     on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of
     an Option previously granted by the Board; and (v) to make all other
     determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the
     Plan.

(d)  EFFECT OF BOARD'S DECISION.

     All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be
     final and binding on all potential or actual Optionees and any other holder
     of an Option granted under the Plan or the Optioned Shares acquired upon
     the exercise thereof.

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

(a)  PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS.

     Options under the Plan may be granted only to Outside Directors.  All
     Options shall be automatically granted in accordance with the terms set
     forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

(b)  NO RIGHT TO SERVE AS A DIRECTOR.

     Neither the establishment nor the operation of the Plan shall confer upon
     any Optionee or any other person any right with respect to continuation of
     service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director, with the
     Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan interfere in any way with any
     rights which the Director or the Company may have to terminate his or her
     directorship at any time.

6.   TERM OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective upon its approval by the Board of Directors 
or its approval by the stockholders of the Company (in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 17 hereof), whichever is earlier.  It shall continue in 
effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 12 
hereof.


7.   TERM OF OPTION.

The term of each Option granted under the Plan shall be five (5) years from 
the date of grant.  The term of the Option shall be set forth in the Option 
Agreement.


8.   OPTION PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.


- ----------
(4) This number was 4,762 prior to the stock split on June 20, 1996.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -2-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 2/98
RESTATED OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
        USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a)  OPTION PRICE.

     The option price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to any Option 
     shall in no event be less than the fair market value of such Shares on 
     the date the Option is granted.  Fair market value of the Common Stock 
     shall be determined in good faith by the Board, using such criteria as 
     it deems relevant; provided, however, that in the event the Common Stock 
     is listed on a national securities exchange (within the meaning of 
     Section 6 of the Exchange Act) or on the NASDAQ National Market System 
     (or any successor national market system), the fair market value per 
     Share shall be the closing price on such exchange on the date of grant 
     of the Option, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (or, if not so 
     reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of 
     Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System), OR, if there is 
     a public market for the Common Stock but the Common Stock is not listed 
     on a national securities exchange, the fair market value per Share shall 
     be the average of the last reported bid and asked prices of  the Common 
     Stock on the date of grant, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL.

(b)  FORM OF CONSIDERATION.

     The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of
     an Option shall be payment in cash or by check unless payment in some other
     manner, including by promissory note, other shares of the Company's Common
     Stock, authorization from the Optionee to retain from the total number of
     Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a
     fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for
     the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, delivery of
     a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions
     to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan
     proceeds required to pay the exercise price, any combination of the
     foregoing methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of
     payment for the issuance of Shares as may be permitted under Sections 153
     of the Delaware General Corporation Law, is authorized by the Board at the
     time of the grant of the Option.  Any cash or other property received by
     the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall constitute
     part of the general assets of the Company.


9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

(a)  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

     Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times as are set
     forth in the option agreement consistent with Section 4(b) hereof;
     provided, however, that no Options shall be exercisable until stockholder
     approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 17 hereof has been
     obtained.

     An Option may not be exercised for fractional shares or for less than ten
     (10) Shares.

     An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such 
     exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of 
     the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full 
     payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has 
     been received by the Company.  Upon exercise of an Option in the manner 
     set forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent to 
     issue stock certificates representing the Shares purchased.

     Until the issuance of such stock certificates (as evidenced by the 
     appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized 
     transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or 
     any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the 
     Optioned Shares notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  No 
     adjustment will be made for a dividend or other rights for which the 
     record date is prior to the date of the transfer by the Optionee of the 
     consideration for the purchase of the Shares, except as provided in 
     Section 11 of the Plan.  The exercise of an Option shall be subject to 
     compliance with all applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated 
     under the Exchange Act or any successor statute thereto; the Option 
     Agreement shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as 
     may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from 
     Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

(b)  TERMINATION OF STATUS AS A DIRECTOR.

     If an Optionee ceases to serve as a Director for any reason, including
     death or disability, he may, but only within ninety (90) days after the
     date he ceases to be a Director of the Company, exercise his Option to the
     extent that he was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised
     after its five (5)-year term has expired.  To the extent that the Optionee
     was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination, or
     if he does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise)
     within the same time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(c)  EXERCISE OF OPTION WITH STOCK.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -3-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 2/98
RESTATED OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
        USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Board may permit an Optionee to exercise an Option by delivering shares
     of the Company's Common Stock.  If the Optionee is so permitted, the Option
     Agreement covering such Option may include provisions authorizing the
     Optionee to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, by:  (i) delivering
     whole shares of the Company's Common Stock previously owned by such
     Optionee (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of a stock
     option) having a fair market value equal to the aggregate option price for
     the Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option; and/or (ii)
     directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise be
     issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares having a
     fair market value equal to the aggregate option price for the Optioned
     Shares issuable on exercise of the Option.  Shares of the Company's Common
     Stock so delivered or withheld shall be valued at their fair market value
     at the close of the last business day immediately preceding the date of
     exercise of the Option, as determined by the Board, in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 8(a) of the Plan.  Any balance of the exercise price
     shall be paid in cash.  Any shares delivered or withheld in accordance with
     this provision shall not again become available for purposes of the Plan
     and for Options subsequently granted thereunder.

(d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.

     When an Optionee is required to pay to the Company an amount with respect
     to tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an Option
     granted under the Plan, the Optionee may elect prior to the date the amount
     of such withholding tax is determined (the "Tax Date") to make such
     payment, or such increased payment as the Optionee elects to make up to the
     maximum federal, state and local marginal tax rates, including any related
     FICA obligation, applicable to the Optionee and the particular transaction,
     by: (i) delivering cash; (ii) delivering part or all of the payment in
     previously owned shares of Common Stock (whether or not acquired through
     the prior exercise of an Option); and/or (iii) irrevocably directing the
     Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise be issued upon
     exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares having a fair market
     value equal to the amount of tax required or elected to be withheld (a
     "Withholding Election").  If an Optionee's Tax Date is deferred beyond the
     date of exercise and the Optionee makes a Withholding Election, the
     Optionee will initially receive the full amount of Optioned Shares
     otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option, but will be unconditionally
     obligated to surrender to the Company on the Tax Date the number of Shares
     necessary to satisfy his or her minimum withholding requirements, or such
     higher payment as he or she may have elected to make, with adjustments to
     be made in cash after the Tax Date.

     Any withholding of Optioned Shares with respect to taxes arising in
     connection with the exercise of an Option must comply with the provisions
     of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.  Shares withheld in accordance with
     this provision shall not again become available for purposes of the Plan
     and for Options subsequently granted thereunder.


10. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or 
disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and 
distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined 
by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the 
Rules thereunder, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, 
only by the Optionee.


11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number 
of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the per 
share price thereof in each such Option, shall be proportionately adjusted 
for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock 
resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, 
combination, reclassification, the payment of a stock dividend on the Common 
Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares of 
Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; 
provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the 
Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of 
consideration".  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose 
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except 
as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of 
any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall 
affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, 
the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

If the Company dissolves, sells substantially all of its assets, is acquired 
in a stock for stock or securities exchange or is party to a merger or 
reorganization in which it not the surviving corporation (a "Change in 
Control"), then fifty percent (50%) of the unvested portion of each Option 
held at least six (6) months prior to the effective date of a Change of 
Control shall immediately vest and each Option shall be 

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -4-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AMENDED AND                    As amended through 2/98
RESTATED OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       
        USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

exercisable by the holder thereof for a period of not less than thirty (30) 
days prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that the Optionee 
shall be given not less than thirty (30) days notice of such Change of 
Control and within such time period may exercise his or her Options in whole 
or in part. All Options shall terminate in their entirety to the extent not 
exercised on or prior to such thirty (30) day period.


12. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects 
as the Board may deem advisable, except that, without approval of the holders 
of a majority of the outstanding capital stock (or their unanimous consent if 
such approval is obtained in writing), no such revision or amendment shall 
change the number of Shares subject to the Plan, change the designation of 
the class of employees eligible to receive Options or add any material 
benefit to Optionees under the Plan.  Any such amendment or termination of 
the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such Options shall 
remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been amended or 
terminated.  In addition the Board shall amend the Plan from time to time, 
with stockholder approval to the extent necessary, as required to comply with 
the provisions of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as then in effect.


13. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan 
unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such 
Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, 
including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the 
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any 
stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further 
subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such 
compliance.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may 
require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the 
time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for 
investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such 
Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation 
is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.


14.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

During the term of this Plan the Company will at all times reserve and keep 
available the number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the 
requirements of the Plan.


15.  REGISTRATION OF OPTIONS AND OPTIONED SHARES.

Within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as 
may be reasonably practicable, the Company shall use its best efforts to 
register the Options and Shares issuable under the Plan pursuant to a 
registration statement on SEC Form S-8, or any comparable or successor form 
or forms.  The Company shall be entitled to determine the timing of such 
filing and to take such actions, meet such conditions and make such 
adjustments to the number of shares subject to the reoffer prospectus as it 
deems reasonably necessary for compliance with the Securities Act, the 
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


16.  OPTION AGREEMENT.

Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements.


17.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the holders 
of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to 
vote. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner 
required under applicable law.(5)

- --end of Plan--



- ----------
(5) The Plan was approved by shareholders on May 16, 1996.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -5-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.


<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.                                AS AMENDED THROUGH 1/98
1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

     The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best
     available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide
     additional incentives to Employees,  Non-Employee Directors and Consultants
     of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and to promote the success of the
     Company's business.  Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive
     Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the discretion of the
     Committee.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, and in any Option granted hereunder, the following
     definitions shall apply:
     (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (c)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
     (d)  "COMPANY" shall mean USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          (1)
     (e)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in
          accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan.  If the Board
          does not appoint or ceases to maintain a Committee, the term
          "Committee" shall refer to the Board.
     (f)  "CONSULTANT" shall mean any independent contractor retained to perform
          services for the Company or any Subsidiary.
     (g)  "CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT" shall mean the absence of any interruption or
          termination of service as an Employee or Non-Employee Director by the
          Company or any Subsidiary.  Continuous Employment shall not be
          considered interrupted during any period of sick leave, military leave
          or any other leave of absence approved by the Board or in the case of
          transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and
          any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company.
     (h)  "DISINTERESTED PERSON" shall mean a person who has not at any time
          within one year prior to service as a member of the Committee (or
          during such service) been granted or awarded Options or other equity
          securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or
          any Parent or Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a member of
          the Committee shall not fail to be a Disinterested Person merely
          because he or she participates in a plan meeting the requirements of
          Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)(A) or (B) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
     (i)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person, including officers (whether or not
          they are directors), employed by the Company or any Subsidiary.
     (j)  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.
     (k)  "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" shall mean any option granted under this Plan
          and any other option granted to an Employee in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated
          thereunder.
     (l)  "NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR" shall mean any director of the Company or any
          Subsidiary who is not employed by the Company or such Subsidiary.
     (m)  "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option granted under the
          Plan that is subject to the provisions of Section 1.83-7 of the
          Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 83 of the Code.
     (n)  "OPTION" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     (o)  "OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean a written agreement between the Company
          and the Optionee regarding the grant and exercise of Options to
          purchase Shares and the terms and conditions thereof as determined by
          the Committee pursuant to the Plan.
     (p)  "OPTIONED SHARES" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
     (q)  "OPTIONEE"  shall mean an Employee, Non-Employee Director or
          Consultant who receives an Option.
     (r)  "PARENT" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
          existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (s)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1996 Stock Option Plan.
     (t)  "REGISTRATION DATE" shall mean the effective date of the first
          registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 12(g)
          of the Exchange Act with respect to any class of the Company's equity
          securities.
     (u)  "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     (v)  "SHARE" shall mean a share of the Common Stock subject to an Option,
          as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.
     (w)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
          hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.


     Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate
     number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is two
     million nine 

- --------------------------
(1)  This plan was originally adopted by U.S. Computer Services, a California 
corporation; it has been changed to reflect the merger of U.S. Computer 
Services into USCS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, effective May 
31, 1996.  This plan was originally abreviated as "9Q-Q/NQ"; the abreviation 
was changed to "96-O" to conform to the designation in the Company's option 
tracking software.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -1-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN                      REV (2/97)

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     hundred forty thousand (2,940,000) Shares(2).  The Shares may be authorized
     but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock.  If an Option expires or
     becomes unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full,
     the Shares which were subject to the Option but as to which the Option was
     not exercised shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become 
     available for other Option grants under the Plan.

     The Company intends that as long as it is not subject to the reporting
     requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is not an
     investment company registered or required to be registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, all offers and sales of Options and Shares
     issuable upon exercise of any Option shall be exempt from registration
     under the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act, and the Plan shall
     be administered in such a manner so as to preserve such exemption.  The
     Company intends that the Plan shall constitute a written compensatory
     benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701(b) of 17 CFR Section 230.701
     promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such Act.
     The Committee shall designate which Options granted under the Plan by the
     Company are intended to be granted in reliance on Rule 701.

4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

     (a)  PROCEDURE.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board
          may appoint a Committee consisting of not less than three (3) members
          of the Board to administer the Plan, subject to such terms and
          conditions as the Board may prescribe.  Once appointed, the Committee
          shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board.  From
          time to time, the Board may increase the size of the Committee and
          appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without
          cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill
          vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee
          and, thereafter, directly administer the Plan.

          Members of the Board or Committee who are either eligible for Options
          or have been granted Options may vote on any matters affecting the
          administration of the Plan or the grant of Options pursuant to the
          Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an
          Option to himself, but any such member may be counted in determining
          the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board or the Committee
          during which action is taken with respect to the granting of an Option
          to him or her.

          The Committee shall meet at such times and places and upon such notice
          as the Chairperson determines.  A majority of the Committee shall
          constitute a quorum.  Any acts by the Committee may be taken at any
          meeting at which a quorum is present and shall be by majority vote of
          those members entitled to vote.  Additionally, any acts reduced to
          writing or approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee
          shall be valid acts of the Committee.

     (b)  PROCEDURE AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  Notwithstanding subsection (a)
          above, after the date of registration of the Company's Common Stock on
          a national securities exchange or the Registration Date, the Plan
          shall be administered either by: (i) the full Board, provided that all
          members of the Board are Disinterested Persons; or (ii) a Committee of
          three (3) or more directors, each of whom is a Disinterested Person.
          After such date, the Board shall take all action necessary to
          administer the Plan in accordance with the then effective provisions
          of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, provided that any
          amendment to the Plan required for compliance with such provisions
          shall be made consistent with the provisions of Section 13 of the
          Plan, and said regulations.

     (c)  POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
          Committee shall have the authority: (i) to determine, upon review of
          relevant information, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (ii)
          to determine the exercise price of Options to be granted, the
          Employees, Directors or consultants to whom and the time or times at
          which Options shall be granted, and the number of Shares to be
          represented by each Option; (iii) to interpret the Plan; (iv) to
          prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
          Plan; (v) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted
          under the Plan (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of
          the holder thereof, to modify or amend any Option; (vi) to authorize
          any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required
          to effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted by the
          Committee; (vii) defer an exercise date of any Option (with the
          consent of the Optionee), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) of
          the Plan; (viii) to determine whether Options granted under the Plan
          will be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options; (ix) to
          make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the
          administration of the Plan; and (x) to designate which Options granted
          under the Plan will be issued in reliance on Rule 701.

- --------------------------
(2)  Original number of shares under this plan was 1,400,000.  This has been 
adjusted for June 21, 1996; 2.1:1 stock split.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -2-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN                      REV (2/97)

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (d)  EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION.  All decisions, determinations and
          interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all
          potential or actual Optionees, any other holder of an Option or other
          equity security of the Company and all other persons.

5.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a)  PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS.  Options under the Plan may be granted
          only to Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants whom the
          Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate from time to time.
          Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.  An Employee
          who has been granted an Option, if he or she is otherwise eligible,
          may be granted an additional Option or Options.  However, the
          aggregate fair market value (determined in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 8(a) of the Plan) of the Shares subject to one
          or more Incentive Stock Options grants that are exercisable for the
          first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under all stock
          option plans of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries) shall
          not exceed $100,000 (determined as of the grant date).

     (b)  NO RIGHT TO CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT.  Neither the establishment nor the
          operation of the Plan shall confer upon any Optionee or any other
          person any right with respect to continuation of employment or other
          service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan
          interfere in any way with the right of the Optionee or the right of
          the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to terminate such employment
          or service at any time.

6.   TERM OF PLAN.

     The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board or its
     approval by vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company
     entitled to vote on the adoption of the Plan (in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 18 hereof), whichever is earlier.(3)  It shall 
     continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated
     under Section 13 of the Plan.(4)

7.   TERM OF OPTION.

     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the term of each Option granted
     under the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.  The term of
     the Option shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.  No Incentive Stock
     Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the
     date such Option is granted; provided that, no Incentive Stock Option
     granted to any Employee who, at the date such Option is granted, owns
     (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) more than ten percent
     (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
     Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be exercisable after the
     expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

8.   EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

     (a)  EXERCISE PRICE.  Except as provided in subsection (b) below, the
          exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to any Option
          shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, which shall in
          no event be less than, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the
          fair market value of such Shares on the date the Option is granted,
          PROVIDED THAT, in the case of any Optionee owning stock possessing
          more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all
          classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
          Company, the exercise price shall be 110% of fair market value on the
          date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.  Fair market value of the
          Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee, using such criteria
          as it deems relevant; provided, however, that if there is a public
          market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be
          the average of the last reported bid and asked prices of the Common
          Stock on the date of grant, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
          (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National
          Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System)
          or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
          exchange (within the meaning of Section 6 of the Exchange Act) or on
          the NASDAQ National Market System (or any successor national market
          system), the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on
          such exchange on the date of grant of the Option, as reported in THE
          WALL STREET JOURNAL.

     (b)  TEN PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS.  No Option shall be granted to any Employee
          who, at the date such Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of
          Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total
          combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
          Parent or Subsidiary, unless the exercise price for the Shares to be
          issued pursuant to such Option is at least equal to 110 percent (110%)
          of the fair market value of such Shares on the grant date 

- --------------------------
(3)  This plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on April 22, 1996 and 
was approved by stockholders on May 16, 1996.

(4)  Termination date is April 12, 2006.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -3-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN                      REV (2/97)

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          determined by the Committee in the manner set forth in subsection 
          (a) above.

     (c)  CONSIDERATION.  The consideration to be paid for the Optioned Shares
          shall be payment in cash or by check unless payment in some other
          manner, including by promissory note, other shares of the Company's
          Common Stock or such other consideration and method of payment for the
          issuance of Optioned Shares as is authorized by the Committee at the
          time of the grant of the Option.  Any cash or other property received
          by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall
          constitute part of the general assets of the Company.

9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

     (a)  VESTING PERIOD.  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at
          such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee
          and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, which shall
          be specified in the Option Agreement evidencing the Option.  Options
          granted under the Plan shall vest at a rate of at least twenty percent
          (20%) per year, except for certain options for Vice Presidents and
          above granted on or after January 22, 1998, which may vest on such
          criteria and rate (including performance) without regard to minimum as
          the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine.

     (b)  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when
          written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in
          accordance with the terms of the option agreement evidencing the
          Option, and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the
          Option is exercised has been received by the Company.

          An Option may not be exercised for fractional shares. As soon as
          practicable following the exercise of an Option in the manner set
          forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent to
          issue stock certificates representing the Shares purchased. Until the
          issuance of such stock certificates (as evidenced by the appropriate
          entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
          agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
          other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned
          Shares notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will
          be made for a dividend or other rights for which the record date is
          prior to the date of the transfer by the Optionee of the consideration
          for the purchase of the Shares, except as provided in Section 11 of
          the Plan.  After the Registration Date, the exercise of an Option by
          any person subject to short-swing trading liability under Section
          16(b) of the Exchange Act shall be subject to compliance with all
          applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3(d) or (e) promulgated under the
          Exchange Act.

     (c)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death during the Option period
          of an Optionee who is at the time of his death, or was within the
          ninety (90)-day period immediately prior thereto, an Employee or 
          Non-Employee Director, and who was in Continuous Employment as such 
          from the date of the grant of the Option until the date of death or
          termination, the Option may be exercised, at any time prior to the
          expiration of the Option period, by the Optionee's estate or by a
          person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
          inheritance, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise
          at the time of the termination or death, whichever comes first.

     (d)  DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the disability during the
          Option period of an Optionee who is at the time of such disability, or
          was within the ninety (90)-day period prior thereto, an Employee or
          Non-Employee Director, and who was in Continuous Employment as such
          from the date of the grant of the Option until the date of disability
          or termination, the Option may be exercised at any time within one (1)
          year following the date of disability, but only to the extent of the
          accrued right to exercise at the time of the termination or
          disability, whichever comes first, subject to the condition that no
          option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

     (e)  TERMINATION OF STATUS AS EMPLOYEE, NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR OR
          CONSULTANT.  If an Optionee shall cease to be an Employee or 
          Non-Employee Director for any reason other than disability or death, 
          or if an Optionee shall cease to be Consultant for any reason, the 
          Optionee may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such other period 
          of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date he or she 
          ceases to be an Employee or Non-Employee Director, exercise his or her
          Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the
          date of such termination, subject to the condition that no option 
          shall be exercisable after the expiration of the Option period.  Upon
          such exercise and if so provided in the Restricted Stock Transfer
          Agreement, the Company may, but only within ninety (90) days (or such
          other period of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date
          of such exercise, repurchase from the Optionee the Optionee's Option
          Shares at the higher of the original purchase price for the Option
          Shares or fair market value (as determined by the 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -4-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN                      REV (2/97)

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          Company's Board of Directors) of the Option Shares on the date of 
          termination of employment.  The right to repurchase shall be 
          exercisable for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness.


     (f)  EXERCISE OF OPTION WITH STOCK AFTER REGISTRATION DATE.  After the
          Registration Date, the Committee may permit an Optionee to exercise an
          Option by delivering shares of the Company's Common Stock.  If the
          Optionee is so permitted, the option agreement covering such Option
          may include provisions authorizing the Optionee to exercise the
          Option, in whole or in part, by: (i) delivering whole shares of the
          Company's Common Stock previously owned by such Optionee (whether or
          not acquired through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a
          fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the
          Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option; and/or (ii)
          directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise
          be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares
          having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for
          the Optioned Shares issuable on exercise of the Option.  Shares of the
          Company's Common Stock so delivered or withheld shall be valued at
          their fair market value at the close of the last business day
          immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Option, as
          determined by the Committee, in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 8(a) of the Plan.  Any balance of the exercise price shall be
          paid in cash.  Any shares delivered or withheld in accordance with
          this provision shall not again become available for purposes of the
          Plan and for Options subsequently granted thereunder.

     (g)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  After the Registration Date, when an Optionee is
          required to pay to the Company an amount with respect to tax
          withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an Option
          granted under the Plan, the Optionee may elect prior to the date the
          amount of such withholding tax is determined (the "Tax Date") to make
          such payment, or such increased payment as the Optionee elects to make
          up to the maximum federal, state and local marginal tax rates,
          including any related FICA obligation, applicable to the Optionee and
          the particular transaction, by: (i) delivering cash; (ii) delivering
          part or all of the payment in previously owned shares of Common Stock
          (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of an Option);
          and/or (iii) irrevocably directing the Company to withhold from the
          Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option that
          number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount
          of tax required or elected to be withheld (a "Withholding Election").
          If an Optionee's Tax Date is deferred beyond the date of exercise and
          the Optionee makes a Withholding Election, the Optionee will initially
          receive the full amount of Optioned Shares otherwise issuable upon
          exercise of the Option, but will be unconditionally obligated to
          surrender to the Company on the Tax Date the number of Shares
          necessary to satisfy his or her minimum withholding requirements, or
          such higher payment as he or she may have elected to make, with
          adjustments to be made in cash after the Tax Date.

          Any withholding of Optioned Shares with respect to taxes arising in
          connection with the exercise of an Option by any person subject to
          short-swing trading liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
          shall satisfy the following conditions:

  (i)     An advance election to withhold Optioned Shares in settlement of a
          tax liability must satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3(d)(1)(i),
          regarding participant-directed transactions;

  (ii)    Absent such an election, the withholding of Optioned Shares to
          settle a tax liability may occur only during the quarterly window
          period described in Rule 16b-3(e);

  (iii)   Absent an advance election or window-period withholding, the
          Optionee may deliver shares of Common Stock owned prior to the
          exercise of an Option to settle a tax liability arising upon
          exercise of the Option, in accordance with Rule 16b-3(f); or

  (iv)    The delivery of previously acquired shares of Common Stock (but not
          the withholding of newly acquired Shares) will be allowed where an
          election under Section 83(b) of the Code accelerates the Tax Date to
          a day that occurs less than six (6) months after the advance
          election and is not within the quarterly window period described in
          Rule 16b-3(e).

          Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to the 
          use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the exercise price 
          or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, including
          without limitation any adverse tax consequences arising as a result 
          of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of 
          the Code shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.  Shares 
          withheld in accordance with this provision shall not again become 
          available for purposes of the Plan and for Options subsequently 
          granted thereunder.

10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -5-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN                      REV (2/97)

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or
     disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and
     distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined
     by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or
     the rules thereunder, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the
     Optionee, only by the Optionee.

11.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

     Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the
     number of Optioned Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the per
     share exercise price of each such Option, shall be proportionately adjusted
     for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
     resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization,
     combination, reclassification, the payment of a stock dividend on the
     Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares
     of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company;
     provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the
     Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
     consideration".  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose
     determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of
     stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any
     class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
     respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an
     Option.

     The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole
     discretion, also make provision for adjusting the number or class of
     securities covered by any Option, as well as the price to be paid therefor,
     in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations,
     recapitalizations, rights offerings, or other increases or reductions of
     shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company
     being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

     If the Company dissolves, sells substantially all of its assets, is
     acquired in a stock for stock or securities exchange or is party to a
     merger or reorganization in which it not the surviving corporation (a
     "Change in Control"), then fifty percent (50%) of the unvested portion of
     each Option held at least six (6) months prior to the effective date of a
     Change of Control shall immediately vest and each Option shall be
     exercisable by the holder thereof for a period of not less than thirty (30)
     days prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that the Optionee
     shall be given not less than thirty (30) days notice of such Change of
     Control and within such time period may exercise his or her Options in
     whole or in part. All Options shall terminate in their entirety to the
     extent not exercised on or prior to such thirty (30) day period.

12.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS.

     Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the date of grant of an Option
     under the Plan shall be the date on which the Committee makes the
     determination granting such Option.  Notice of the determination shall be
     given to each Optionee to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable
     time after the date of such grant.

13.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

     The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such
     respects as the Board may deem advisable, except that, without approval of
     the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock no such revision
     or amendment shall change the number of Shares subject to the Plan, change
     the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive Options or
     add any material benefit to Optionees under the Plan.  Any such amendment
     or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, and
     such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not
     been amended or terminated.

14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

     Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan
     unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such
     Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law,
     including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the
     rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any
     stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be
     further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to
     such compliance.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company
     may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at
     the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for
     investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
     Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation
     is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

     During the term of this Plan the Company will at all times reserve and keep
     available the number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the
     requirements of the Plan.  Inability of the Company to obtain from any

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -6-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN                      REV (2/97)

                               96-O STOCK OPTION PLAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     regulatory body having jurisdiction and authority deemed by the Company's
     counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
     hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the
     nonissuance or sale of such Shares as to which such requisite authority
     shall not have been obtained.

16.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEE.

     During the term of any Option granted under the Plan, the Company shall
     provide or otherwise make available to each Optionee a copy of its
     financial statements at least annually.

17.  OPTION AGREEMENT.


  Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements.

18.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

     The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the
     holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company
     entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is
     adopted.(5)  Any option exercised before stockholder approval is obtained
     must be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve
     (12) months before or after the Plan is adopted.  Shares issued upon the
     exercise of such options shall not be counted in determining whether such
     approval is obtained.  Any amendments to the Plan which require stockholder
     approval shall be by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
     the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote.

     -end of plan-


- --------------------------
(5)  This plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on April 12, 1996 and 
was approved by stockholders on May 16, 1996.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -7-

This plan is subject to amendment; the rights of the participant shall be 
governed by the Plan as amended from time to time.


<PAGE>
                                       
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                       AS AMENDED THROUGH OCTOBER 1, 1997

The following constitutes the EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (the "Plan") of 
USCS International, Inc. (the "Company").

1.   PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company 
and its majority-owned subsidiaries(1) with an opportunity to purchase Common 
Stock of the Company through payroll deductions.  The Plan is intended to 
qualify as an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" under the provisions of Sections 
421 and 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  
It is the intention of the Company that the Plan shall not constitute a plan 
for any purpose or provision under the Employee Retirement Income Security 
Act of 1974, as amended (29 U.S.C.A. Sections 1001 et seq.).

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     (a)  "COMPENSATION" means(2) total wages and other compensation paid to 
an Employee by his Employer during the Plan Year and reportable as 
compensation on the Employee's Wage and Tax Statement (W-2), but excluding 
bonuses, taxable perquisites, relocation assistance payments, and payments 
made to or on behalf of an Employee to reimburse him for additional costs and 
expenses associated with working outside the United States, plus the amount 
of any elective deferral contributions made in accordance with Code sections 
125, 129, 401(k), 402(a)(8), or 402(h) of the Code.

     (b)  "EMPLOYEE" means(3) any person who (as of the date of payroll 
withholding under the Plan), is an employee of the Company (or of its Parent 
or Subsidiary if such employees are to be participants in the Plan). A leased 
employee, as described in Section 414(n) of the Internal Revenue Code, is not 
an Employee for purposes of this Plan.

     (c)  "PARENT" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken
chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the purchase of
shares by a participant in the Plan, each of the corporations other than the
Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such
chain.

     (d) "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an
unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the
purchase of shares by a participant in the Plan, each of the corporations other
than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty
percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
in one of the other corporations in such chain.

3.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a)  Any employee, as defined in Section 2(b), shall be eligible to 
participate in the Plan on the first day of the first month following date of 
hire.(4)

- -----------
(1) Sec. 1, 2(b) and 2(d) were amended September 13, 1996 to add "U.S." 
before, respectively, "subsidiaries" and "Subsidiary" and to add 
"incorporated in one of the United States of America"; and were amended 
October 1, 1997 to remove "U.S." before, respectively, "subsidiaries" and 
"Subsidiary" and to remove "incorporated in one of the United States of 
America";

(2) Sec. 2(a) was amended September 13, 1996, to be consistent with the 
definition of "Compensation" in the Company's 401(k) Plan.  Prior to 
amendment, this definition read as follows: "'Compensation' means regular 
straight time earnings including payments for overtime, shift premium, 
incentive compensation, bonuses, and commissions."

(3) Sec. 2(b) was amended September 13, 1996 to read as stated.  Prior to 
amendment, Sec. 2(b) read as follows: "'Employee' means any person who, (as 
of the date of purchase of shares under the Plan,) is an employee of the 
Company (or of its Parent or Subsidiary if such employees are to be 
participants in the Plan) except for employees who have been employed for 
less than one (1) year (2) employees whose customary employment is twenty 
(20) hours or less per week and (3) employees whose customary employment is 
for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year."

(4) Sec. 3(a) was amended September 13, 1996 to delete "who has completed one 
(1) year continuous employment with the Company or its Parent or Subsidiary 
on the date of his or her participation in the Plan is effective." This 
amendment was approved by stockholders holding a majority of the voting 
shares as required by Sec.19.


                                       1

<PAGE>

     (b)  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, no 
employee shall be permitted to participate in the Plan: (i) if, immediately 
after any purchase of shares under the Plan, such employee would own, 
directly or indirectly, shares (including shares issuable upon the exercise 
of outstanding options to purchase stock) possessing five percent (5%) or 
more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of 
the Company or of its Parent or Subsidiary; or (ii) if such employee's rights 
to purchase shares under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company or 
of its Parent or Subsidiary will accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the 
fair market value of such shares (determined at the beginning of the purchase 
period(5)) for each calendar year in which such right to purchase is 
outstanding at any time.

4.   PURCHASE PERIODS.  The Plan shall be implemented by calendar quarter 
purchase periods during the term of the Plan (each, a "Purchase Period").  
The Company's Board of Directors shall designate the commencement date of the 
initial Purchase Period.(6)  Thereafter, each Purchase Period shall 
correspond to a calendar quarter until otherwise determined by the Board of 
Directors or the committee appointed to administer the Plan in accordance 
with Section 13.

5.   PARTICIPATION.(7)

     (a)  An eligible employee may become a participant in the Plan by 
completing an ESPP enrollment form authorizing payroll deductions on the form 
provided by the Company and filing it with the Company's benefits office not 
less than ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any pay day.  Once 
enrolled, an employee will continue to participate until he withdraws from 
the Plan or his participation is terminated, as provided in Section 10.

     (b)  Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the first 
pay day following the receipt of the ESPP enrollment form pursuant to Section 
5(a) above, and shall end upon the participant's withdrawal from the Plan or 
the termination of the participant's participation in the Plan, as provided 
in Section 10.

     (c)  From time to time, as necessary, the Board of Directors of the 
Company (or the administrative committee for the Plan) may meet with 
representatives of any corporation which becomes a Parent or Subsidiary 
subsequent to the Plan's adoption date to determine whether and to what 
extent the employees of such Parent or Subsidiary shall be eligible to 
participate in the Plan.

6.   PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.(8)

     (a)  At the time a participant files his ESPP enrollment form, he shall 
elect to have payroll deductions in whole percentages made on each payday 
during the Purchase Period at a rate not less than two percent (2%) and not 
exceeding ten percent (10%) of the compensation which he receives on such 
payday, and the aggregate of such payroll deductions during the Purchase 
Period shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of his aggregate compensation 
during said Purchase Period, excluding the effect of any increase in the rate 
of compensation which becomes effective during the Purchase Period.

     (b)  All payroll deductions made by a participant shall be applied to 
purchase shares on the next share purchase date as set forth in Section 8.  A 
participant may not make any additional payments into the Plan.

- ----------
(5) Sec. 3 (b)(iii) was amended October 1, 1997 to change "at the time such 
purchase option is granted" to "at the beginning of the purchase period" to 
clarify that the ESPP is not a stock option plan for UK tax purposes.

(6) Sec 4:  On September 13, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company 
designated January 1, 1997 as the commencement date of the initial Purchase 
Period.

(7) Sec. 5 was amended September 13, 1996 as follows: subsection 5(a)  
changed "payroll office" to "benefits office", " 7 days" to "10 days", 
"Purchase Period" to "pay day" and  deleted "on a quarterly basis" in last 
sentence; subsection 5(b) changed " on the first payroll following the 
commencement of the first calendar quarter for which the participant's 
participation is effective" to "on the first pay day following the receipt of 
the ESPP enrollment form pursuant to Section 5(a) above"; deleted subsection 
(c) and renumbered subsection (d) as subsection 5(c).

(8) Sec. 6 was amended September 13, 1996 as follows:  subsection 6(a)  
changed "subscription agreement" to "ESPP enrollment form", added "in whole 
percentages", changed "$10.00 per month" to "two percent (2%)" and deleted 
the following: "and the aggregate of such payroll deductions during the 
Purchase Period shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of his aggregate 
compensation during said Purchase Period, excluding the effect of any 
increase in the rate of compensation which becomes effective during the 
Purchase Period."; subsection 6(b) amended to read as stated; prior to 
amendment, 6(b) read as follows: "All payroll deductions made by a 
participant shall be credited to his account under the Plan.  A participant 
may not make any additional payments into such account."; subsection 6(c) to 
read as stated; prior to amendment, 6(c) read as follows: "A participant 
may discontinue his participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or 
may lower, but not increase, the rate of his payroll deductions (within the 
limitation set forth in subparagraph (a) above) by completing or filing with 
the Company a new authorization for payroll deduction.  The change in rate 
shall be effective within fifteen (15) days following the Company's receipt 
of the new authorization"

                                       2
<PAGE>

     (c) A participant may discontinue his participation in the Plan as 
provided in Section 10, or may change the rate of his payroll deductions 
(within the limitation set forth in subparagraph (a) above) by completing or 
filing with the Company a new ESPP enrollment form for payroll deduction.

     (d)  Non-US employees' payroll deduction will be valued at the average 
of the exchange rate on the last day of the quarter for the purchase of 
shares.(9)

7.   PURCHASE PRICE.

     (a)  Each eligible employee participating in the Plan shall have the 
right to purchase (at the per share price set forth below) up to the number 
of shares of the Company's Common Stock determined by dividing each 
employee's accumulated payroll deductions for the Purchase Period(10) of his 
annual compensation as of the date of the commencement of the applicable 
Purchase Period) by the lower of ninety percent (90%)(11) of the fair market 
value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on (i) the first business day 
of such Purchase Period or (ii) the last business day of such Purchase 
Period, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12.  Fair 
market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock shall be determined as 
provided in subsection (b) below.

     (b)  The fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on any date 
shall be determined by the Company's Board of Directors based upon such 
factors as they deem relevant; provided, however, that where there is a 
public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be 
the average of the last reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock, as 
reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (or, if not so reported, as otherwise 
reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated 
Quotation (NASDAQ) System) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a 
national securities exchange (within the meaning of Section 6 of the Exchange 
Act) or the NASDAQ National Market System, the fair market value per share 
shall be the closing price on such exchange, as reported in THE WALL STREET 
JOURNAL, on the date of determination.

8.   PURCHASE OF SHARES.  Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as 
provided in Section 10, his purchase of shares in any Purchase Period will be 
automatic as of the first business day of the next Purchase Period and the 
maximum number of shares(12) will be purchased for him at the applicable 
price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his account. During the 
participant's lifetime, only the participant may purchase shares under the 
Plan.

9.   HOLD PERIOD; DELIVERY OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.(13)

     (a)  Shares of the Company's Common Stock issued pursuant to this Plan 
shall be subject to a six (6) month hold period commencing on the date that 
such shares are issued by the Company (the "Hold Period").  No participant 
may sell, assign, dispose of by gift or otherwise transfer any shares of the 
Company's Common Stock issued pursuant to this Plan prior to the termination 
of the Hold Period.

     (b)  The Company shall maintain a record of all shares issued to 
participants in the Plan.  Upon the termination of the applicable Hold 
Period, a participant in the Plan may request in writing addressed to the 
director of benefits of the Company a share certificate for shares of Common 
Stock issued to such participant and no longer subject to a Hold Period.  
Upon receipt of such written request, the Company shall arrange the delivery 
to such participant of a certificate representing the shares purchased by 
such participant.  The participant will be responsible for paying any 
administrative fees for certificate issuance.

- ----------
(9) Sec. 6(d) was added on October 1, 1997.

(10) Sec. 7(a) was amended September 13, 1996 to delete: "(at the rate 
designated by such employee, not to exceed an amount equal to ten percent 
(10%))"

(11) Sec. 7(a) was amended on October 1, 1997 to change 95% to 90%.

(12) Sec. 8 was amended September 13, 1996, to change  "full shares" to 
"shares."

(13) Sec. 9 was amended September 13, 1996 as follows: subsection 9(b)  
"Secretary" changed to "director of benefits" and added "The participant will 
be responsible for paying any administrative fees for certificate issuance";  
subsection 9 (c) deleted, which read: "(c)  Any cash remaining to the credit 
of a participant's account under the Plan after a purchase by him of shares 
in any Purchase Period, or which is insufficient to purchase a full share of 
Common Stock of the Company, shall be accumulated in the participant's 
account and applied to the purchase of shares in the next succeeding Purchase 
Period.  All such funds shall be delivered to a participant in the Plan upon 
such participant's withdrawal from the Plan or termination of employment 
pursuant to Section 10." 

                                       3
<PAGE>

10.  WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.(14)

     (a)  A participant may withdraw from the Plan at any time by giving 
written notice to the Company. After receipt of his notice of withdrawal, his 
participation in the Plan will be automatically terminated, and no further 
payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made under the Plan. 
All of the participant's payroll deductions credited to his account prior to 
withdrawal will be used to purchase shares at the next share purchase date 
and will not be paid to him in cash.

     (b)  Upon termination of the participant's employment for any reason, 
including retirement or death, his participation in the Plan will be 
automatically terminated. All of the participant's payroll deductions 
credited to his account prior to such termination will be used to purchase 
shares at the next share purchase date and will not be paid in cash.

     (c)  A participant's withdrawal from the Plan will not have any effect 
upon his eligibility to participate in the Plan at a future date or in any 
similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company, so long as the 
participant is otherwise eligible to participate in such plan.

11.  INTEREST.  No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a 
participant in the Plan.

12.  STOCK.

     (a)  The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which 
shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be two hundred thousand 
(200,000) shares(15), subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of 
the Company as provided in Section 18.  If the total number of shares which 
would otherwise be subject to purchase by participants pursuant to Section 
7(a) exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan (after 
deduction of all shares which have been purchased under the Plan), the 
Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available 
for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable, provided that no 
participant shall be permitted to purchase more shares than the maximum 
number of shares allowable to such participant as calculated pursuant to the 
provisions of Section 7(a) hereof.  In such event, the Company shall give 
written notice of such reduction of the number of shares available for 
purchase to each employee affected thereby and shall similarly reduce the 
rate of payroll deductions, if necessary.

     (b)  The participant will have no interest or voting right in shares to 
be purchased by a participant under the Plan until such shares have been 
issued by the Company.

     (c)  Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be 
registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant 
and his or her spouse.

13.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board of 
Directors of the Company or a committee appointed by the Board.  The 
administration, interpretation or application of the Plan by the Board or its 
committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all participants.  
Members of the Board of Directors or its committee who are eligible employees 
are permitted to participate in the Plan.

14.  DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

     (a)  A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who 
is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account 
under the Plan in the event of such participant's death prior to delivery to 
him of such shares and cash.  In addition, a participant may file a written 
designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the 
participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death.

- ----------
(14) Sec. 10(a) and 10(b) were amended September 13, 1996 to read as stated.  
Prior to amendment, read as follows: "10(a) A participant may withdraw all, 
but not less than all, the payroll deductions credited to his account under 
the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company.  All of the 
participant's payroll deductions credited to his account will be paid to him 
promptly after receipt of his notice of withdrawal, his participation in the 
Plan will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for 
the purchase of shares will be made under the Plan.  10(b)  Upon termination 
of the participant's employment for any reason, including retirement or 
death, the payroll deductions credited to his account will be returned to 
him, or, in the case of his death, to the person or persons entitled thereto 
under Section 14, and his participation in the Plan will be automatically 
terminated"

(15) Sec. 12:  The original number of shares authorized for this plan was 
95,239; this was adjusted on June 21, 1996 to 200,000 shares because of a 
2.1:1 stock split. 

                                       4
<PAGE>

     (b)  Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant 
at any time by written notice.  In the event of the death of a participant 
and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is 
living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver 
such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the 
participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to 
the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver 
such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or 
relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known 
to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

15.  TRANSFERABILITY.  Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant's 
account nor any rights with regard to the receipt of shares under the Plan 
may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way 
(other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a 
qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder or as 
provided in Section 14) by the participant.  Any such attempt at assignment, 
transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that 
the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance 
with Section 10.

16.  USE OF FUNDS.  All payroll deductions received or held by the Company 
under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the 
Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

17.  REPORTS.  Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in 
the Plan.  Statements of account will be given to participating employees 
periodically.(16)

18.  CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  If any shares are purchased under this Plan 
subsequent to any stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, recapitalization, 
merger, combination, reclassification, exchange of shares or the like, 
occurring after such shares were purchased but prior to delivery of the stock 
certificate therefor, as a result of which shares of any class shall be 
issued in respect of the outstanding shares, or shares shall be changed into 
the same, whether a different number of the same or another class or classes, 
the number of shares to be issued by the Company and the purchase price for 
such shares shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, as necessary to 
maintain the equality of rights and privileges afforded participants and 
shares issuable under the Plan, provided that, in any transaction described 
in Section 424 of the Code, the Plan shall be administered in such a manner 
as to satisfy the provisions of Section 424 and the regulations thereunder; 
and provided further, that any increase in the aggregate number of shares 
subject to the Plan (other than an increase merely reflecting a change in 
capitalization such as a stock dividend or stock split) must be approved by 
the Company's stockholders in accordance with Section 22 hereof.

19.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at 
any time terminate, modify, extend or renew the Plan or any rights to 
purchase shares granted hereunder; provided that no such modification, 
extension or renewal be made without prior approval of the stockholders of 
the Company if such amendment would:

     (a)  Increase the number of shares reserved under the Plan;

     (b)  Permit payroll deductions at a rate in excess of ten percent (10%) 
of the participant's compensation rate;

     (c)  Materially modify the eligibility requirements; or

     (d)  Materially increase the benefits which may accrue to participants 
under the Plan.

20.  NOTICES.  All notices or other communications by a participant to the 
Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been 
duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the 
location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the 

- ----------

(16) Sec. 17 was amended September 13, 1996 by inserting the word 
"periodically" in place of "promptly after the end of each Purchase Period, 
which statements will set forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the 
per share purchase price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining 
cash balance, if any".

                                       5
<PAGE>

receipt thereof.

21.  TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur 
of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the stockholders 
of the Company as described in Section 22.  It shall continue in effect for a 
term of twenty (20) years unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 19.

     APPROVAL OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The Plan and any increase in the number of 
shares reserved under the Plan must be approved by the stockholders of the 
Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan has been 
adopted or an increase in the number of shares reserved under the Plan has 
been approved by the Board of Directors.  Such stockholder approval shall be 
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the capital stock of the Company 
present or represented and entitled to vote at a duly held meeting or by the 
written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock 
of the Company entitled to vote.  Any purchases of shares pursuant to the 
Plan before stockholder approval is obtained must be rescinded if stockholder 
approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Plan is 
adopted(17).  Such shares shall not be counted in determining whether such 
approval is obtained.

- --END OF PLAN--




















- ----------
(17) Sec. 22:  Stockholder approval of the Plan was granted on May 16, 1996, 
within the 12 month period.

                                       6

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.7

                                       
                           USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                       
                          DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                                       
        (FORMERLY, U.S. COMPUTER SERVICES DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN)
                                       
                        (JANUARY 1, 1998 RESTATEMENT)
                                       



<PAGE>



                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Page
<S>                                                                 <C>
SECTION 1   DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

        1.1  "AFFILIATE" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
        1.2  "Beneficiary" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        1.3  "Board of Directors". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        1.4  "Code". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        1.5  "Committee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        1.6  "Company" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        1.7  "Compensation". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        1.8  "Compensation Deferrals". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
        1.9  "Disability" or "Disabled". . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
        1.10 "Eligible Employee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
        1.11 "Employers" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
        1.12 "ERISA" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
        1.13 "Participant" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
        1.14 "Participant's Account" or "Account". . . . . . . . . .  4
        1.15 "Plan". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
        1.16 "Plan Year" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

SECTION 2   PARTICIPATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

        2.1  Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
             2.1.1  Initial Elections by Current Employees . . . . .  4
             2.1.2  Initial Elections by New Eligible Employees. . .  5
             2.1.3  Elections for Subsequent Plan Years. . . . . . .  5
             2.1.4  No Election Changes During Plan Year . . . . . .  5
             2.1.5  Specific Timing and Method of Election . . . . .  6
        2.2  Hardship Suspension of Participation. . . . . . . . . .  6
        2.3  Termination of Participation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

SECTION 3   COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

        3.1  Compensation Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        3.2  Crediting of Compensation Deferrals . . . . . . . . . .  
        3.3  Deemed Investment Return on Accounts. . . . . . . . . .  8
        3.4  Form of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
        3.5  Normal Time for Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9


                                       i

<PAGE>

        3.6  In-Service Withdrawals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

SECTION 4   ACCOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

        4.1  Participants' Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        4.2  Participants Remain Unsecured Creditors . . . . . . . . 10
        4.3  Accounting Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        4.4  Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

SECTION 5   DISTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

        5.1  Normal Time for Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
             5.1.1  Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
             5.1.2  Rules for Installment Payments . . . . . . . . . 11
             5.1.3  Special Rule for Disability. . . . . . . . . . . 11
        5.2  Death of the Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        5.3  Beneficiary Designations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
             5.3.1  Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
             5.3.2  Failed Designations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        5.4  Financial Hardship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        5.5  Payments to Incompetents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
        5.6  Undistributable Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
        5.7  Committee Discretion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

SECTION 6   PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST IN ACCOUNT. . . . . . . . . . . . 14

        6.1  Compensation Deferral Contributions . . . . . . . . . . 14

SECTION 7   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

        7.1  Plan Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
        7.2  Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
        7.3  Actions by Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
        7.4  Powers of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
        7.5  Decisions of Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
        7.6  Administrative Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
        7.7  Eligibility to Participate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
        7.8  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

SECTION 8   FUNDING.17

        8.1  Unfunded Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17


                                       ii

<PAGE>

SECTION 9   MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . 17

        9.1  Employers' Obligations Limited. . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
        9.2  Right to Amend or Terminate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
        9.3  Disposition of Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
        9.4  Effect of Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

SECTION 10  GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

        10.1 Participation by Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
        10.2 Inalienability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
        10.3 Rights and Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
        10.4 No Enlargement of Employment Rights . . . . . . . . . . 20
        10.5 Apportionment of Costs and Duties . . . . . . . . . . . 20
        10.6 Compensation Deferrals Not Counted Under Other 
             Employee Benefit Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
        10.7 Applicable Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
        10.8 Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
        10.9 Captions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
</TABLE>

                                      iii

<PAGE>

                           USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                       
                          DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                                       
        (FORMERLY, U.S. COMPUTER SERVICES DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN)
                                       
                        (JANUARY 1, 1998 RESTATEMENT)
                                       

          USCS International, Inc. (formerly, U.S. Computer Services), a 
Delaware corporation, having established the USCS International, Inc. 
Deferred Compensation Plan (formerly, the U.S. Computer Services Deferred 
Compensation Plan), effective September 1, 1994, for the benefit of a select 
group of management employees of the Company and its participating 
Affiliates, in order to provide such employees with certain deferred 
compensation benefits, hereby amends and restates the Plan effective as of 
January 1, 1998.  The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan that is 
intended to qualify for the exemptions provided in sections 201, 301, and 401 
of ERISA.

                                   SECTION 1      
                                          
                                  DEFINITIONS

          The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings 
unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

     1.1  "AFFILIATE" shall mean (a) the Company, and (b) each corporation, 
trade or business which is, together with any Employer, a member of a 
controlled group of corporations or an affiliated service group or under 
common control (within the meaning of section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the 
Code), but only for the period during which such other entity is so 
affiliated with any Employer.


<PAGE>

     1.2  "BENEFICIARY" shall mean the person or persons entitled to receive 
the balance credited to a Participant's Account under the Plan upon the death 
of the Participant, as provided in Section 5.4.

     1.3  "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of Directors of the 
Company, as constituted from time to time.

     1.4  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
Reference to a specific section of the Code shall include such section, any 
valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any 
future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such section.

     1.5  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the committee appointed by the Board of 
Directors to administer the Plan.  The members of the Committee shall serve 
at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

     1.6  "COMPANY" shall mean USCS International, Inc. (formerly, U.S. 
Computer Services), a Delaware corporation.

     1.7  "COMPENSATION" shall mean the base salary (including car allowance) 
of a Participant, but reduced by welfare plan contributions and deductions, 
elected deferrals and deductions (e.g., 401(k) contributions, 401(k) loan 
repayments, Section 125 flexible benefits deductions, and Company cafeteria 
charges), and any other amounts required to be withheld for taxes or 
otherwise (e.g., pursuant to an order for garnishment).  A Participant's 
Compensation shall not include any other type of remuneration.


                                      2

<PAGE>

     1.8  "COMPENSATION DEFERRALS" shall mean the amounts credited to 
Participants' Accounts under the Plan pursuant to their deferral elections 
made in accordance with Section 2.1.

     1.9  "DISABILITY" OR "DISABLED" shall mean a physical or mental 
impairment that (a) renders a Participant incapable of performing the 
functions of his or her position for a period of two years, and (b) 
thereafter, based on factors such as the Participant's education and 
training, renders him or her incapable of performing work in any capacity.  A 
Participant shall be Disabled only if he or she is determined to be disabled 
by a third party or parties designated from time to time by the Committee.

     1.10 "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" shall mean an employee of an Employer who holds 
the title of Director or above.  Notwithstanding the preceding, the Board of 
Directors, in its sole discretion, may (a) change the required title for 
purposes of determining eligibility for the Plan, and (b) determine that one 
or more otherwise eligible employees of an Employer shall not be Eligible 
Employees.

     1.11 "EMPLOYERS" shall mean the Company and each of its Affiliates that 
adopts the Plan with the approval of the Board of Directors.  With respect to 
an individual Participant, "Employer" shall mean the Company or its Affiliate 
that (a) directly employs such Participant, and (b) has adopted the Plan 
(with the approval of the Board of Directors).

     1.12 "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974, as amended.  Reference to a specific section of ERISA shall include 
such section, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable 
provision of any future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding 
such section.


                                      3

<PAGE>

     1.13 "PARTICIPANT" shall mean an Eligible Employee who (a) has become a 
Participant in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1 and (b) has not ceased to be 
a Participant pursuant to Section 2.3.

     1.14 "PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT" OR "ACCOUNT" shall mean as to any 
Participant the separate account maintained on the books of the Employers in 
order to reflect his or her interest under the Plan.

     1.15 "PLAN" shall mean the USCS International, Inc. Deferred 
Compensation Plan (formerly, the U.S. Computer Services Deferred Compensation 
Plan), as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to 
time.

     1.16 "PLAN YEAR" shall mean the calendar year.  Notwithstanding the 
preceding, the 1994 Plan Year shall be the period September 1, 1994 (the 
effective date of the Plan), through December 31, 1994.

                                   SECTION 2      
                                       
                                 PARTICIPATION

     2.1  PARTICIPATION.  Each Eligible Employee's decision to become a 
Participant shall be entirely voluntary.

          2.1.1     INITIAL ELECTIONS BY CURRENT EMPLOYEES.  An Eligible 
Employee may elect to become a Participant in the Plan by electing, no later 
than September 1, 1994, to make Compensation Deferrals under the Plan.  An 
election under this Section 2.1.1 to make Compensation Deferrals shall be 
effective for the Plan Year beginning September 1, 1994, and for the Plan 
Year beginning January 1, 1995.


                                       4

<PAGE>

          2.1.2     INITIAL ELECTIONS BY NEW ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES.  Each 
employee who becomes an Eligible Employee after January 1, 1998 (whether by 
hire or promotion) may elect to become a Participant in the Plan by electing, 
within 30 days of the date of his or her hire or promotion (as the case may 
be), to make Compensation Deferrals under the Plan.  An election under this 
Section 2.1.2 to make Compensation Deferrals shall be effective (a) as of the 
first day of the first calendar month which begins after the Eligible 
Employee has been such for 30 consecutive days, and (b) for the immediately 
following Plan Year. Notwithstanding clause (b) of the preceding sentence, 
prior to the beginning of such immediately following Plan Year, and pursuant 
to such procedures as the Committee may specify from time to time, the 
Eligible Employee may increase or decrease the amount of his or her deferral 
for such Plan Year, provided that the Participant may not decrease the amount 
of his or her deferral below the $5,000 minimum required by Section 3.1 (unless 
the Participant ceases making Compensation Deferrals under the plan).

          2.1.3     ELECTIONS FOR SUBSEQUENT PLAN YEARS.  An Eligible 
Employee may elect to become a Participant (or to continue or reinstate his 
or her active participation) in the Plan for any subsequent Plan Year by 
electing, no later than December 31 of the preceding Plan Year, to make 
Compensation Deferrals under the Plan.  An election under this Section 2.1.3 
to make Compensation Deferrals shall be effective only for the Plan Year with 
respect to which the election is made.

          2.1.4     NO ELECTION CHANGES DURING PLAN YEAR.  A Participant 
shall not be permitted to change or revoke his or her election for a Plan 
Year after the beginning of such Plan Year, except that (a) pursuant to such 
procedures as the Committee may specify from time to time, a Participant may 
increase his or her deferrals for the remainder of the Plan Year (but only 


                                      5

<PAGE>

with respect to Compensation that is not yet earned), (b) to the limited 
extent provided in Sections 2.1.2 and 2.2, a Participant may change or revoke 
his or her election, and (c) if a Participant's job changes to a position 
which is ineligible for the Plan, his or her deferrals under the Plan shall 
cease.

          2.1.5     SPECIFIC TIMING AND METHOD OF ELECTION.  Notwithstanding 
any contrary provision of this Section 2.1, the Committee, in its sole 
discretion, shall determine the manner and deadlines for Participants to make 
Compensation Deferral elections.  The deadlines prescribed by the Committee 
may be earlier than the deadlines specified in Sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, and 
2.1.3, but shall not be later than the deadlines prescribed in such Sections.

     2.2  HARDSHIP SUSPENSION OF PARTICIPATION.  In the event that a 
Participant incurs a "financial hardship" (as defined in this Section 2.2), 
the Committee, in its sole discretion, may suspend the Participant's 
Compensation Deferrals for the remainder of the Plan Year.  However, an 
election to make Compensation Deferrals under Section 2.1 shall be 
irrevocable as to amounts deferred as of the effective date of any suspension 
in accordance with this Section 2.2.  For purposes of the Plan, a "financial 
hardship" shall mean a severe financial emergency which is caused by a sudden 
and unexpected accident, illness or other event beyond the control of the 
Participant which would, if no suspension of deferrals (or accelerated 
distribution under Section 5.5) were made, result in severe financial burden 
to the Participant or a member of his or her immediate family.  Also, a 
financial hardship does not exist to the extent that the hardship may be 
relieved by (a) reimbursement or compensation by insurance, (b) liquidation 
of the Participant's other assets (to the extent such liquidation would not 
itself cause severe financial hardship), or 


                                      6

<PAGE>

(c) any loan available to the Participant (to the extent the payments on such 
loan would not themselves cause severe financial hardship).

     2.3  TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION.  An Eligible Employee who has become 
a Participant shall remain a Participant until his or her entire vested 
Account balance is distributed.  However, an Eligible Employee who has become 
a Participant may or may not be an active Participant making Compensation 
Deferrals for a particular Plan Year, depending upon whether he or she has 
elected to make Compensation Deferrals for such Plan Year.

                                   SECTION 3      
                                       
                        COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

     3.1  COMPENSATION DEFERRALS.  At the times and in the manner prescribed 
in Section 2.1, each Eligible Employee may elect to defer portions of his or 
her Compensation and to have the amounts of such deferrals credited to his or 
her Account under the Plan on the books of the Employer.  For each Plan Year, 
an Eligible Employee may elect to defer an amount equal to any specific 
dollar amount (in whole dollar increments) of the Participant's Compensation, 
provided that the percentage or dollar amount elected by the Participant 
shall result in an expected deferral of not less than $5,000 of his or her 
Compensation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the minimum deferral 
amount shall, in such manner as the Committee may determine from time to 
time, be prorated (a) for the Plan Year beginning September 1, 1994, and (b) 
with respect to each Participant who becomes a Participant under Section 
2.1.2, for his or her first year of active participation in the Plan.  Also, 
notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may reduce 
a Participant's Compensation Deferrals to the extent necessary to satisfy 
applicable withholding tax requirements and employee welfare plan 
contributions.  


                                      7

<PAGE>

     3.2  CREDITING OF COMPENSATION DEFERRALS.  The amounts deferred pursuant 
to Section 3.1 shall reduce the Participant's Compensation during the Plan 
Year and shall be credited to the Participant's Account as of the date on 
which the amounts (but for the deferral) would have been paid to the 
Participant.  For each Plan Year, the exact dollar amount to be deferred from 
each Compensation payment shall be determined by the Committee under such 
formulae as it shall adopt from time to time.  

     3.3  DEEMED INVESTMENT RETURN ON ACCOUNTS.  Although no assets will be 
segregated or otherwise set aside with respect to a Participant's Account, 
effective January 1, 1998, the amount that is ultimately payable to the 
Participant with respect to his or her Account shall be determined as if such 
Account had been invested in accordance with the Participant's deemed 
investment elections (provided that such elections must comply with the 
procedures established by the Committee pursuant to this Section 3.3).  The 
Committee, in its sole discretion shall adopt (and may modify from time to 
time) such rules and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to 
implement and or re-direct the deemed investment of the Participants' 
Accounts.  Such procedures generally shall provide that a Participant shall 
be entitled to make deemed investment elections as to the deemed investment 
of his or her Account subject to any limitations determined by the Committee. 
Such procedures may differ among Participants or classes of Participants, as 
determined by the Committee in its discretion.

     3.4  FORM OF PAYMENT.  Each Participant shall indicate on his or her 
first deferral election made pursuant to Section 3.1 the form of payment for 
his or her Account.  Effective January 1, 1998, a Participant may elect (a) a 
lump sum payment or (b) five annual installment payments.  Subject to the 
following sentence, each Participant who elected payments in ten annual 
installment payments or fifteen annual installment payments with respect to 
Compensation Deferrals made prior to January 1, 1998 shall automatically have 
a lump sum 


                                      8

<PAGE>

payment as the form of payment for his or her Account, unless such 
Participant elected payment in five annual installment payments.  On any 
subsequent deferral election (i.e., an election for a subsequent Plan Year), 
each Participant may choose a different form of payment (from the above 
choices); provided, however, that a Participant may not choose a more rapid 
form of payment than has previously been elected.  A Participant's last 
effective election shall apply to all amounts credited to the Participant's 
Account, without regard to the Plan Year in which such amounts are credited 
(except as provided in Section 3.6).

     3.5  NORMAL TIME FOR PAYMENT.  Each Participant's Account shall be 
distributed at the time(s) provided in Section 5, except as provided in 
Section 3.6.  

     3.6  IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of 
the Plan, and pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may adopt from 
time to time, a Participant may indicate on his or her deferral election 
(made pursuant to Section 3.1) the time for payment of all or a portion of 
the Compensation Deferrals to be made for the specific Plan Year covered by 
such deferral election.  Payment of such deferrals (as increased or decreased 
by any deemed earnings or losses) will be made in four equal installments, 
commencing on the date elected by the Participant.  A Participant may elect 
to commence receiving payment of such deferrals after any whole number of 
calendar years (not less than five) specified by the Participant in his or 
her deferral election.  A Participant's election as to the time for 
commencement of payment shall be irrevocable and shall apply to the elected 
portion of the amounts credited to the Participant's Account (as increased or 
decreased by any deemed earnings or losses) during the Plan Year with respect 
to which the election is made, provided that if the Participant terminates 
employment prior to the final scheduled payment under this Section 3.6, 
distribution of the entire remaining balance credited to his or her Account 
shall instead be made in the time and manner provided in Section 5.

                                      9

<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 4         
                                       
                                  ACCOUNTING

     4.1  PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS.  At the direction of the Committee, there 
shall be established and maintained on the books of the Employer a separate 
Account for each Participant to which shall be credited all Compensation 
Deferrals made by the Participant, and deemed investment, gains or losses on 
such Compensation Deferrals.

     4.2  PARTICIPANTS REMAIN UNSECURED CREDITORS.  All amounts credited to a 
Participant's Account under the Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a 
part of the general assets of the Employer.  Each Participant's interest in 
the Plan shall make him or her only a general, unsecured creditor of the 
Employer.

     4.3  ACCOUNTING METHODS.  The accounting methods or formulae to be used 
under the Plan for the purpose of maintaining the Participants' Accounts, 
including the calculation and crediting of deemed returns, gains and losses, 
shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.  The accounting 
methods or formulae selected by the Committee may be revised from time to 
time.

     4.4  REPORTS.  Each Participant shall be furnished with periodic 
statements of his or her Account, reflecting the status of his or her 
interest in the Plan, at least annually.

                                   SECTION 5         
                                       
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS

     5.1  NORMAL TIME FOR DISTRIBUTION.  Subject to Sections 3.6, 5.2, and 
5.3, distribution of the balance credited to a Participant's Account shall 
commence no later than January 15 of the Plan Year following the 
Participant's "termination date" (as defined in Section 5.1.1).


                                      10

<PAGE>

          5.1.1     TERMINATION DATE.  A Participant's "termination date" 
means the date of the Participant's termination of employment with all 
Employers and Affiliates for any reason, except as provided in the following 
sentence. However, if (a) the Participant's termination of employment with 
all Employers and Affiliates occurs on account of the sale of the stock or 
assets of the Affiliate employing the Participant, or due to a spin-off, 
split-up or other similar change in the capital structure of the Affiliate, 
and (b) the Participant continues in employment with the new non-Affiliate 
(or its successor), then the Participant's "termination date" means the date 
of the Participant's termination of employment for any reason from such 
non-Affiliate.

          5.1.2     RULES FOR INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS.  If, pursuant to Section 
3.4, the Participant elected to receive five annual installment payments, his 
or her first installment shall be equal to 1/5th of the balance then credited 
to his or her Account.  Each subsequent annual installment shall be paid to 
the Participant as near as administratively practicable to each anniversary 
of the first installment payment.  The amount of each subsequent installment 
shall be equal to the balance then credited to the Participant's Account, 
divided by the number of installments remaining to be made.  While a 
Participant's Account is in installment payout status, the unpaid balance 
credited to the Participant's Account shall continue to be credited with 
deemed investment returns under Section 3.3.

          5.1.3     SPECIAL RULE FOR DISABILITY.  If a Participant becomes 
Disabled prior to his or her termination of employment with all Employers and 
Affiliates, the balance then credited to his or her Account shall be 
distributed to him or her at the time specified in Section 5 and in the form 
and manner elected under Section 3.4. 


                                      11

<PAGE>

     5.2  DEATH OF THE PARTICIPANT.  If a Participant dies, the balance then 
credited to his or her Account shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary 
or Beneficiaries, in the same form and manner elected by the Participant 
under Sections 3.4 and 3.6.

     5.3  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS.  Each Participant may, pursuant to such 
procedures as the Committee may specify, designate one or more Beneficiaries. 
Primary and secondary Beneficiaries are permitted.

          5.3.1     CHANGES.  A Participant may designate different 
Beneficiaries (or may revoke a prior Beneficiary designation) at any time by 
delivering a new designation (or revocation of a prior designation) in like 
manner.  Any designation or revocation shall be effective only if it is 
received by the Committee.  However, when so received, the designation or 
revocation shall be effective as of the date the notice is executed (whether 
or not the Participant still is living), but without prejudice to the 
Committee on account of any payment made before the change is recorded.  The 
last effective designation received by the Committee shall supersede all 
prior designations.

          5.3.2     FAILED DESIGNATIONS.  If a Participant dies without 
having effectively designated a Beneficiary, or if no Beneficiary (primary or 
secondary) survives the Participant, the Participant's Account shall be 
payable to his or her surviving spouse, or, if the Participant is not 
survived by his or her spouse, the Account shall be paid to his or her estate.

     5.4  FINANCIAL HARDSHIP.  In the event that a Participant incurs a 
"financial hardship" (as defined in Section 2.2), the Committee, in its sole 
discretion and notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, may 
determine that all or part of the Participant's Account shall 


                                      12

<PAGE>

be paid to him or her immediately; provided, however, that the amount paid to 
the Participant pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall be limited to the amount 
reasonably necessary to alleviate the Participant's hardship.  Also, payment 
under this Section 5.5 may not be made to the extent that the hardship may be 
relieved by suspension of the Participant's Compensation Deferrals in 
accordance with Section 2.2.

     5.5  PAYMENTS TO INCOMPETENTS.  If any individual to whom a benefit is 
payable under the Plan is a minor or legally incompetent, the Committee shall 
determine whether payment shall be made directly to the individual, any 
person acting as his or her custodian or legal guardian under the California 
Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, his or her legal representative or a near 
relative, or directly for his or her support, maintenance or education.

     5.6  UNDISTRIBUTABLE ACCOUNTS.  Each Participant and (in the event of 
death) his or her Beneficiary shall keep the Committee advised of his or her 
current address.  If the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or 
Beneficiary to whom a Participant's Account is payable under this Section 5, 
the Participant's Account shall continue to be credited with deemed 
investment returns in accordance with Section 3.3.  Accounts that, in 
accordance with the preceding sentence, have been undistributable for a 
period of 35 months shall be forfeited as of the end of the 35th month.  If a 
Participant whose Account was forfeited under this Section 5.7 (or his or her 
Beneficiary) files a claim for distribution of the Account after the date 
that it was forfeited, and if the Committee determines that such claim is 
valid, then the forfeited balance shall be paid by the Employer in a lump sum 
cash payment as soon as practicable thereafter.


                                      13

<PAGE>
 
     5.7  COMMITTEE DISCRETION.  Within the specific time periods described 
in this Section 5, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine the 
specific timing of the payment of any Account balance under the Plan.

                                   SECTION 6         
                                       
                         PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST IN ACCOUNT

     6.1  COMPENSATION DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.  Subject to Sections 8.1 
(relating to creditor status) and 9.2 (relating to amendment and/or 
termination of the Plan), a Participant's interest in the balance credited to 
his or her Account at all times shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

                                   SECTION 7         
                                       
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     7.1  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.  The Company is hereby designated as the 
administrator of the Plan (within the meaning of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA).

     7.2  COMMITTEE.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The 
Committee shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and 
administration of the Plan.  Any member of the Committee may resign at any 
time by notice in writing mailed or delivered to the Secretary of the Company.

     7.3  ACTIONS BY COMMITTEE.  Each decision of a majority of the members 
of the Committee then in office shall constitute the final and binding act of 
the Committee.  The 


                                      14

<PAGE>

Committee may act with or without a meeting being called or held and shall 
keep minutes of all meetings held and a record of all actions taken by 
written consent.

     7.4  POWERS OF COMMITTEE.  The Committee shall have all powers and 
discretion necessary or appropriate to supervise the administration of the 
Plan and to control its operation in accordance with its terms, including, 
but not by way of limitation, the following discretionary powers:

         (a)  To interpret and determine the meaning and validity of the
    provisions of the Plan and to determine any question arising under, or in
    connection with, the administration, operation or validity of the Plan or
    any amendment thereto;

         (b)  To determine any and all considerations affecting the eligibility
    of any employee to become a Participant or remain a Participant in the
    Plan;

         (c)  To cause one or more separate Accounts to be maintained for each
    Participant;

         (d)  To cause Compensation Deferrals and deemed gains or losses to be
    credited to Participants' Accounts;

         (e)  To establish and revise an accounting method or formula for the
    Plan, as provided in Section 4.3;

         (f)  To determine the manner and form in which any distribution is to
    be made under the Plan;

         (g)  To determine the status and rights of Participants and their
    spouses, Beneficiaries or estates;


                                      15

<PAGE>

         (h)  To employ such counsel, agents and advisers, and to obtain such
    legal, clerical and other services, as it may deem necessary or appropriate
    in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;

         (i)  To establish, from time to time, rules for the performance of its
    powers and duties and for the administration of the Plan;

         (j)  To arrange for annual distribution to each Participant of a
    statement of benefits accrued under the Plan;

         (k)  To publish a claims and appeal procedure satisfying the minimum
    standards of section 503 of ERISA pursuant to which individuals or estates
    may claim Plan benefits and appeal denials of such claims;

         (l)  To delegate to any one or more of its members or to any other
    person, severally or jointly, the authority to perform for and on behalf of
    the Committee one or more of the functions of the Committee under the Plan;
    and

         (m)  to decide all issues and questions regarding Account balances,
    and the time, form, manner and amount of distributions to Participants.

     7.5  DECISIONS OF COMMITTEE.  All actions, interpretations, and 
decisions of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons, 
and shall be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law.

     7.6  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  All expenses incurred in the 
administration of the Plan by the Committee, or otherwise, including legal 
fees and expenses, shall be paid and borne by the Employers.


                                      16

<PAGE>

     7.7  ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE.  No member of the Committee who is also 
an employee of an Employer shall be excluded from participating in the Plan 
if otherwise eligible, but he or she shall not be entitled, as a member of 
the Committee, to act or pass upon any matters pertaining specifically to his 
or her own Account under the Plan.

     7.8  INDEMNIFICATION.  Each of the Employers shall, and hereby does, 
indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, from and against 
any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including attorneys' fees 
and amounts paid, with the approval of the Board of Directors, in settlement 
of any claim) arising out of or resulting from the implementation of a duty, 
act or decision with respect to the Plan, so long as such duty, act or 
decision does not involve gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part 
of any such individual.

                                   SECTION 8         
                                       
                                   FUNDING

     8.1  UNFUNDED PLAN.  All amounts credited to a Participant's Account 
under the Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general 
assets of the Employer.  The interest of the Participant in his or her 
Account, including his or her right to distribution thereof, shall be an 
unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employer.  Nothing 
contained in the Plan shall give any Participant or beneficiary any interest 
in or claim against any specific assets of the Employer.

                                   SECTION 9         
                                       
                      MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

     9.1  EMPLOYERS' OBLIGATIONS LIMITED.  The Employers intend to continue 
the Plan indefinitely, and to maintain each Participant's Account until it is 
scheduled to be paid to him or 

                                      17

<PAGE>

her in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  However, the Plan is 
voluntary on the part of the Employers, and the Employers do not guarantee to 
continue the Plan.  The Company at any time may, by amendment of the Plan, 
suspend Compensation Deferrals or may discontinue Compensation Deferrals, 
with or without cause.  Complete discontinuance of all Compensation Deferrals 
shall be deemed a termination of the Plan.

     9.2  RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE.  The Board of Directors reserves the 
right to alter, amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, in such 
manner as it may determine, at any time and for any reason.  

     9.3  DISPOSITION OF AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision 
of the Plan, in the event that one or more Participants transfer employment 
to a non-Affiliate pursuant to an agreement regarding the sale of the stock 
or assets of an Affiliate, or a spin-off, split-up or other change in the 
capital structure of an Affiliate (each, an "affected Participant"), the 
Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine that (a) the 
liability for amounts credited to an affected Participant's Account shall be 
assigned or transferred to such non-Affiliate (or an affiliate thereof), and 
upon acceptance by the non-Affiliate (or affiliate thereof) of such 
liability, no Employer shall have any liability under the Plan to such 
affected Participant, or (b) the amounts credited to an affected 
Participant's Account shall be distributed to him or her (in a single lump 
sum) no later than January 15 of the Plan Year following the affected 
Participant's termination of employment with all Employers and Affiliates.

     9.4  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  If the Plan is terminated pursuant to this 
Section 9, the balances credited to the Accounts of the affected Participants 
shall be distributed to them at the 


                                      18

<PAGE>

time and in the manner set forth in Section 5; provided, however, that the 
Committee, in its sole discretion, may authorize accelerated distribution of 
Participants' Accounts as of any earlier date.  

                                   SECTION 10        
                                       
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     10.1 PARTICIPATION BY AFFILIATES.  One or more Affiliates of the Company 
may become participating Employers by adopting the Plan and obtaining 
approval for such adoption from the Board of Directors.  By adopting the 
Plan, an Affiliate shall be deemed to agree to all of its terms, including 
(but not limited to) the provisions granting exclusive authority (a) to the 
Board of Directors to amend the Plan, and (b) to the Committee to administer 
and interpret the Plan.  Any Affiliate may terminate its participation in the 
Plan at any time.  The liabilities incurred under the Plan to the 
Participants employed by each Employer shall be solely the liabilities of 
that Employer, and no other Employer shall be liable for benefits accrued by 
a Participant during any period when he or she was not employed by such 
Employer.  A list of participating Employers, and the effective dates of 
their participation, is attached hereto as AppendixA.

     10.2 INALIENABILITY.  In no event may either a Participant, a former 
Participant or his or her Beneficiary, spouse or estate sell, transfer, 
anticipate, assign, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of any right or 
interest under the Plan; and such rights and interests shall not at any time 
be subject to the claims of creditors nor be liable to attachment, execution 
or other legal process.  Accordingly, for example, a Participant's interest 
in the Plan is not transferable pursuant to a domestic relations order.


                                      19

<PAGE>

     10.3 RIGHTS AND DUTIES.  Neither the Employers nor the Committee shall 
be subject to any liability or duty under the Plan except as expressly 
provided in the Plan, or for any action taken, omitted or suffered in good 
faith.

     10.4 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.  Neither the establishment or 
maintenance of the Plan, the making of any Compensation Deferrals nor any 
action of any Employer or the Committee, shall be held or construed to confer 
upon any individual any right to be continued as an employee of the Employer 
nor, upon dismissal, any right or interest in any specific assets of the 
Employers other than as provided in the Plan.  Each Employer expressly 
reserves the right to discharge any employee at any time.

     10.5 APPORTIONMENT OF COSTS AND DUTIES.  All acts required of the 
Employers under the Plan may be performed by the Company for itself and its 
Affiliates, and the costs of the Plan may be equitably apportioned by the 
Committee among the Company and the other Employers.  Whenever an Employer is 
permitted or required under the terms of the Plan to do or perform any act, 
matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by any officer or employee of 
the Employer who is thereunto duly authorized by the board of directors of 
the Employer.

     10.6 COMPENSATION DEFERRALS NOT COUNTED UNDER OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT 
PLANS. Compensation Deferrals under the Plan will not be considered for 
purposes of contributions or benefits under any other employee benefit plan 
sponsored by the Employers.

     10.7 APPLICABLE LAW.  The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, 
administered and enforced in accordance with ERISA, and to the extent not 
preempted by ERISA, with the laws of the State of California.


                                      20

<PAGE>

     10.8 SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or 
unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other 
provisions of the Plan, and in lieu of each provision which is held invalid 
or unenforceable, there shall be added as part of the Plan a provision that 
shall be as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as 
may be possible and be valid, legal, and enforceable.

     10.9 CAPTIONS.  The captions contained in and the table of contents 
prefixed to the Plan are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for 
reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or 
intent of the Plan nor in any way shall affect the construction of any 
provision of the Plan.


                                      21

<PAGE>

                                     EXECUTION
                                          
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, USCS International, Inc. (formerly, U.S. 
Computer Services), by its duly authorized officer, has executed this Plan on 
the date indicated below.

                                       USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Dated:  March 20, 1998                 By:   James C. Castle
      -------------------------           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:  Chairman and CEO


                                           /s/  James C. Castle
                                          -----------------------------------
                                           Signature


                                      22

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX A
                                       
                       List of Participating Employers
                                       
                                       

                   Employer                            Effective Date
                                                      of Participation
           -------------------------               -----------------------
      1.   USCS International, Inc.                   September 1, 1994
           (formerly, U.S. Computer
           Services)


                                      A-1



<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 11
 
                            USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                       COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
 
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED   TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------  --------------------
                                                                          1997       1996       1997       1996
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
 period...............................................................     23,118     23,060     23,164     21,178
Common stock equivalents considered to be outstanding for the periods
 presented............................................................        803        979      1,039        897
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           23,921     24,039     24,203     22,075
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income............................................................  $   6,014  $   4,775  $  22,460  $  14,509
Earnings per share:
  Basic...............................................................      $0.26      $0.21      $0.97      $0.69
  Diluted.............................................................      $0.25      $0.20      $0.93      $0.66
</TABLE>
 
Note: Earnings per share calculations have been restated to reflect application
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 "Earnings per Share" and
the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98.
 
                                       48

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PLACE OF
SUBSIDIARY                                                                                       INCORPORATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>
CableData International, Ltd................................................................  England
CableData, Limited..........................................................................  Ontario, Canada
CableData, Inc..............................................................................  California
CableData Desktop Solutions, Inc............................................................  California
CableData Telecommunications, Inc...........................................................  Michigan
CableLease, Inc.............................................................................  California
International Billing Services, Inc.........................................................  California
RPA, Inc....................................................................................  California
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-15895, 333-16739, 333-17747, 333-19873,
333-34803, 333-34801, and 333-41741) of USCS International, Inc. of our report
dated February 6, 1998 appearing on page 24 of this Form 10-K.
 
/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Sacramento, California
March 23, 1998
 
                                       47

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF USCS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AS OF DECEMBER 31,
1997 FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS THEN ENDED AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                            2787
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    97654
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                       4573
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                120759
<PP&E>                                          193166
<DEPRECIATION>                                   91535
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  238619
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            71050
<BONDS>                                           5453<F1>
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                          1171
<OTHER-SE>                                      130190<F2>
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    238619
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                299346
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   172948
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 88374<F3>
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 554
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  37470
<INCOME-TAX>                                     15010
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              22460
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     22460
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .97<F4>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .93<F4>
<FN>
<F1>Consists of Notes Payable, Credit Line and Bonds Payable
<F2>Consists of Additional Paid-in Capital, Retained Earnings and Foreign
Currency Translation Adjustments
<F3>Consists of Research and Development and Selling, General Administrative
Expenses
<F4>EPS-Primary and diluted have been calculated in conformity with FAS 128
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission